WO2025032987A1 - Photodetector and electronic appliance - Google Patents
Photodetector and electronic appliance Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2025032987A1 WO2025032987A1 PCT/JP2024/022686 JP2024022686W WO2025032987A1 WO 2025032987 A1 WO2025032987 A1 WO 2025032987A1 JP 2024022686 W JP2024022686 W JP 2024022686W WO 2025032987 A1 WO2025032987 A1 WO 2025032987A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- transistor
- pixel
- semiconductor layer
- region
- semiconductor region
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Definitions
- This disclosure relates to a light detection device and electronic equipment.
- An image sensor has been proposed that has multiple unit pixels, each of which includes a photoelectric conversion element, a transmission transistor, a reset transistor, a selection transistor, and a drive transistor (Patent Document 1).
- a photodetector includes a semiconductor layer, a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer, and a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent pixels.
- the first pixel includes a transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region.
- the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor.
- the transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a portion of the semiconductor layer.
- a photodetector includes a semiconductor layer, a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a first photoelectric conversion element and a second photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer, and a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between the plurality of adjacent pixels.
- the first pixel includes a first transistor and a second transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region.
- the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the first transistor and the second transistor.
- the first transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
- An electronic device includes an optical system and a photodetector that receives light transmitted through the optical system.
- the photodetector includes a semiconductor layer, a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer, and a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between the plurality of adjacent pixels.
- the first pixel includes a transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region.
- the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor.
- the transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
- An electronic device includes an optical system and a photodetector that receives light transmitted through the optical system.
- the photodetector includes a semiconductor layer, a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a first photoelectric conversion element and a second photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer, and a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between the plurality of adjacent pixels.
- the first pixel includes a first transistor and a second transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region.
- the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the first transistor and the second transistor.
- the first transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of an imaging device which is an example of a light detection device according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an example of pixel arrangement in the imaging device according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining an example of a circuit configuration of a pixel of the imaging device according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 4A is a diagram for explaining another example of a circuit configuration of a pixel of the imaging device according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 4B is a diagram for explaining another example of the circuit configuration of a pixel of the imaging device according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating an example of a schematic configuration of an imaging device which is an example of a light detection device according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 2 is a diagram illustrating an example of pixel arrangement in the imaging device according to the first
- FIG. 5 is a diagram illustrating an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of the imaging device according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of the imaging device according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram illustrating an example of an arrangement of pixel transistors in the imaging device according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 8 is a diagram illustrating an example of an arrangement of pixel transistors in the imaging device according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 9 is a diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional configuration of the imaging device according to the first embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 10A is a diagram illustrating an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to a first modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 10B is a diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 1 of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 11A is a diagram illustrating an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to a second modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 11B is a diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 2 of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 12A is a diagram illustrating an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to a third modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 12A is a diagram illustrating an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to a third modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 12B is a diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 3 of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 13A is a diagram illustrating an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to a fourth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 13B is a diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 4 of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 14 is a diagram showing another example of the planar configuration of pixels in an imaging device according to the fourth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 15A is a diagram illustrating an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to a fifth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 15B is a diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 5 of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 16A is a diagram for explaining another example configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the fifth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 16B is a diagram for explaining another example configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the fifth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 17 is a diagram for explaining an example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the sixth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 18 is a diagram for explaining an example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the seventh modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 16A is a diagram for explaining another example configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the fifth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 16B is a diagram for explaining another example configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the fifth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 17 is a diagram
- FIG. 19A is a diagram illustrating an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 8 of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 19B is a diagram illustrating an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification Example 8 of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 20A is a diagram illustrating an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to a ninth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 20B is a diagram showing an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 9 of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 21 is a diagram illustrating an example of pixel arrangement in an imaging device according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 22 is a diagram illustrating an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the second embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 23 is a diagram for explaining an example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to a tenth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 24 is a diagram for explaining an example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the eleventh modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 25 is a diagram for explaining another example configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the eleventh modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 26 is a diagram for explaining an example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 12 of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 27 is a diagram for explaining another example configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the twelfth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 28 is a diagram for explaining an example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the thirteenth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 29 is a diagram for explaining an example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to a fourteenth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 30 is a diagram for explaining an example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to a fifteenth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 31 is a diagram for explaining another example configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the fifteenth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. FIG. 28 is a diagram for explaining an example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the thirteenth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 29 is a diagram for explaining an example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to a fourteenth modification of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 32 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of an imaging device according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 33A is a diagram for explaining another configuration example of the imaging device according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 33B is a diagram for explaining another configuration example of the imaging device according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 33C is a diagram for explaining another configuration example of the imaging device according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 33D is a diagram for explaining another configuration example of the imaging device according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 33E is a diagram for explaining another configuration example of the imaging device according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 34 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of an imaging device according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 35A is a diagram for explaining another configuration example of the imaging device according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. FIG. 35B is a diagram for explaining another configuration example of the imaging device according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 35C is a diagram for explaining another configuration example of the imaging device according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 35D is a diagram for explaining another configuration example of the imaging device according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 35E is a diagram for explaining another configuration example of the imaging device according to the third embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 36 is a block diagram illustrating an example of the configuration of an electronic device having an imaging device.
- FIG. 37 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of a vehicle control system.
- FIG. 38 is an explanatory diagram showing an example of the installation positions of the outside-vehicle information detection unit and the imaging unit.
- FIG. 39 is a diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of an endoscopic surgery system.
- FIG. 40 is a block diagram showing an example of the functional configuration of the camera head and the CCU.
- First embodiment 1 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of an imaging device which is an example of a light detection device according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure.
- the light detection device is a device capable of detecting incident light.
- the imaging device 1 which is a light detection device has a plurality of pixels P having a photoelectric conversion unit (photoelectric conversion element) and is configured to perform photoelectric conversion of incident light to generate a signal.
- the imaging device 1 can receive light transmitted through an optical system (not shown) including an optical lens to generate a signal.
- the imaging device 1 is configured, for example, using a semiconductor substrate (e.g., a silicon substrate) on which a plurality of pixels P are provided.
- the photoelectric conversion unit of each pixel P of the imaging device 1 is, for example, a photodiode (PD) and is configured to be capable of photoelectrically converting light.
- the imaging device 1 has an area (pixel section 100) in which a plurality of pixels P are arranged two-dimensionally in a matrix form as an imaging area.
- the pixel section 100 of the imaging device 1 can also be considered a pixel array in which a plurality of pixels P are arranged.
- the photoelectric conversion unit of each pixel P can also be considered a photoelectric conversion area.
- the imaging device 1 captures incident light (image light) from a subject to be measured via an optical system including an optical lens.
- the imaging device 1 captures an image of the subject formed by the optical lens.
- the imaging device 1 can generate pixel signals by photoelectrically converting the received light (e.g. visible light, infrared light, etc.).
- the imaging device 1, which is a light detection device, is a device that can receive incident light and generate a signal, and can also be called a light receiving device.
- the imaging device 1 (light detection device) can be configured as an image sensor, for example.
- the imaging device 1 is, for example, a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) image sensor.
- the imaging device 1 can be used in various electronic devices, such as digital still cameras, video cameras, and mobile phones.
- the imaging device 1 includes a pixel section 100, a pixel driving section 111, a signal processing section 112, a control section 113, and a processing section 114.
- the imaging device 1 is also provided with, for example, a plurality of control lines L1 and a plurality of signal lines L2.
- the control line L1 is a signal line capable of transmitting a signal that controls the pixel P, and is connected to the pixel drive unit 111 and the pixel P of the pixel unit 100.
- a plurality of control lines L1 are wired for each pixel row made up of a plurality of pixels P arranged in the horizontal direction (row direction).
- the control line L1 is configured to transmit a control signal for reading out a signal from the pixel P.
- the multiple control lines L1 for each pixel row of the imaging device 1 include, for example, wiring that transmits a signal that controls a transfer transistor, wiring that transmits a signal that controls a selection transistor, wiring that transmits a signal that controls a reset transistor, etc.
- the control lines L1 can also be considered drive lines (pixel drive lines) that transmit signals that drive the pixels P.
- the signal line L2 is a signal line capable of transmitting a signal from the pixel P, and is connected to the pixel P of the pixel unit 100 and the signal processing unit 112.
- the signal line L2 is wired for each pixel column made up of a plurality of pixels P aligned in the vertical direction (column direction).
- the signal line L2 is a vertical signal line, and is configured to transmit a signal output from the pixel P.
- the pixel driving unit 111 is configured to be able to drive each pixel P of the pixel unit 100.
- the pixel driving unit 111 is a driving circuit and is configured with multiple circuits including, for example, a buffer, a shift register, an address decoder, etc.
- the pixel driving unit 111 generates a signal for driving the pixel P and outputs it to each pixel P of the pixel unit 100 via a control line L1.
- the pixel driving unit 111 is controlled by the control unit 113, and controls the pixels P of the pixel unit 100.
- the pixel driving unit 111 generates signals for controlling the pixel P, such as a signal for controlling the transfer transistor of the pixel P, a signal for controlling the selection transistor, and a signal for controlling the reset transistor, and supplies these to each pixel P via a control line L1.
- the pixel driving unit 111 can control the reading of pixel signals from each pixel P.
- the pixel driving unit 111 can also be referred to as a pixel control unit configured to be able to control each pixel P.
- the pixel driving unit 111 and the control unit 113 can also be referred to collectively as a pixel control unit.
- the signal processing unit 112 is configured to be able to perform signal processing of the input pixel signal.
- the signal processing unit 112 is a signal processing circuit, and has, for example, a load circuit, an AD (Analog Digital) conversion circuit, a horizontal selection switch, etc.
- the load circuit is configured by a current source capable of supplying current to the amplification transistor of the pixel P.
- the signal processing unit 112 may have an amplifier circuit configured to amplify a signal read from the pixel P via the signal line L2.
- a load circuit, an amplifier circuit, an AD conversion circuit, etc. are provided for each of the multiple signal lines L2, for example.
- a load circuit, an amplifier circuit, an AD conversion circuit, etc. may be provided for each pixel column of the pixel unit 100.
- the signal output from each pixel P selected and scanned by the pixel driving unit 111 is input to the signal processing unit 112 via the signal line L2.
- the signal processing unit 112 can perform signal processing such as AD conversion of the pixel P signal and CDS (Correlated Double Sampling).
- the signal of each pixel P transmitted through each of the signal lines L2 is subjected to signal processing by the signal processing unit 112 and output to the processing unit 114.
- the processing unit 114 is configured to be able to perform signal processing on the input signal.
- the processing unit 114 is a signal processing circuit, and is configured, for example, by a circuit that performs various types of signal processing on pixel signals.
- the processing unit 114 may include a processor and a memory.
- the processing unit 114 performs signal processing on pixel signals input from the signal processing unit 112, and outputs the processed pixel signals.
- the processing unit 114 can perform various types of signal processing, for example, noise reduction processing, tone correction processing, etc.
- the control unit 113 is configured to be able to control each unit of the imaging device 1.
- the control unit 113 receives an externally provided clock, data instructing the operation mode, and the like, and can also output data such as internal information of the imaging device 1.
- the control unit 113 is a control circuit, and has, for example, a timing generator configured to be able to generate various timing signals.
- the control unit 113 controls the driving of the pixel driving unit 111 and the signal processing unit 112 based on various timing signals (pulse signals, clock signals, etc.) generated by the timing generator. Note that the control unit 113 and the processing unit 114 may be configured as an integrated unit.
- the pixel driving unit 111, the signal processing unit 112, the control unit 113, the processing unit 114, etc. may be provided on one semiconductor substrate, or may be provided separately on multiple semiconductor substrates.
- the imaging device 1 may have a structure (a stacked structure) formed by stacking multiple substrates. Some or all of the signal processing unit 112, the control unit 113, and the processing unit 114 may be configured integrally.
- FIG. 2 is a diagram showing an example of pixel arrangement in an imaging device according to a first embodiment.
- a pixel P of the imaging device 1 has a photoelectric conversion unit 12, a lens 21, and a filter 22.
- the incident direction of light from a subject is the Z-axis direction
- the left-right direction on the paper perpendicular to the Z-axis direction is the X-axis direction
- the up-down direction on the paper perpendicular to the Z-axis and X-axis directions is the Y-axis direction.
- directions may be indicated based on the directions of the arrows in FIG. 2.
- a lens 21 and a filter 22 may be provided on the side where light is incident from an optical system such as an imaging lens (see also FIG. 9 described later).
- the lens 21 (lens unit) is a lens that collects light, and is an optical member also known as an on-chip lens.
- the lens 21 is provided above the photoelectric conversion unit 12, for example, for each pixel P or for each set of pixels P.
- the lens 21 guides the incident light to the photoelectric conversion unit 12 of the pixel P.
- the photoelectric conversion unit 12 of the pixel P photoelectrically converts the light incident via the lens 21 and the filter 22.
- the filter 22 is configured to selectively transmit light of a specific wavelength range from among the incident light.
- the filter 22 is, for example, an RGB color filter, a filter that transmits infrared light, etc.
- the filter 22 is provided above the photoelectric conversion unit 12, for example, for each pixel P or for each set of multiple pixels P.
- the multiple pixels P provided in the pixel section 100 of the imaging device 1 include, as an example, a pixel (R pixel) provided with a filter 22 that transmits red (R) light, a pixel (G pixel) provided with a filter 22 that transmits green (G) light, and a pixel (B pixel) provided with a filter 22 that transmits blue (B) light.
- a pixel (R pixel) provided with a filter 22 that transmits red (R) light
- a pixel (G pixel) provided with a filter 22 that transmits green (G) light
- a pixel (B pixel) provided with a filter 22 that transmits blue (B) light.
- multiple R pixels, multiple G pixels, and multiple B pixels are repeatedly arranged.
- the R, G, and B pixels are arranged, for example, according to a Bayer array.
- the R, G, and B pixels can generate R component pixel signals, G component pixel signals, and B component pixel signals, respectively.
- the imaging device 1 can obtain RGB pixel signals. Note that the pixel arrangement is not limited to the above example, and can be set arbitrarily.
- the R pixels, G pixels, and B pixels can each be arranged in 2 x 2 pixel units.
- the R pixels, G pixels, and B pixels are each arranged periodically in 2 rows and 2 columns.
- the filter 22 provided in the pixel P of the pixel unit 100 is not limited to a primary color (RGB) color filter, but may be a complementary color filter such as Cy (cyan), Mg (magenta), or Ye (yellow).
- a filter corresponding to W (white), that is, a filter that transmits light of all wavelengths of incident light, may also be disposed.
- the filter 22 may be a filter that transmits infrared light.
- the filter 22 may be omitted as necessary.
- the filter 22 may not be provided in some or all of the pixels P of the imaging device 1.
- the filter 22 may not be provided in the pixels P that receive white (W) light and perform photoelectric conversion.
- FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining an example of the circuit configuration of a pixel of the imaging device according to the first embodiment.
- a pixel P of the imaging device 1 has a photoelectric conversion unit 12 (photoelectric conversion element), a transfer transistor TR, a floating diffusion FD, and a readout circuit 20.
- the photoelectric conversion unit 12 is configured to receive light and generate a signal.
- the photoelectric conversion unit 12 is a light receiving unit (light receiving element) and is configured to be able to generate an electric charge by photoelectric conversion.
- the readout circuit 20 is configured to be capable of outputting a signal based on the charge photoelectrically converted.
- the readout circuit 20 can read out a pixel signal based on the charge photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12.
- the readout circuit 20 is provided for multiple pixels P.
- the imaging device 1 has a configuration in which multiple pixels P share one readout circuit 20. This makes it possible to reduce the number of elements (e.g., the number of transistors) per pixel P (or per photoelectric conversion unit 12).
- the imaging device 1 can have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturizing pixels.
- a readout circuit 20 is arranged for every four pixels P (referred to as pixels Pa to Pd). Pixels Pa, Pb, Pc, and Pd share one readout circuit 20. For example, 2 ⁇ 2 pixels consisting of adjacent pixels Pa to Pd share one readout circuit 20.
- the imaging device 1 can read out the pixel signals of each of the 2 x 2 pixels by operating the readout circuit 20 in a time-division manner.
- the imaging device 1 can also read out a pixel signal in which the signals of each of the 2 x 2 pixels are added together.
- the imaging device 1 can read out a pixel signal corresponding to the charge obtained by adding up the charges photoelectrically converted by each of the 2 x 2 pixels.
- the photoelectric conversion unit 12 is a photodiode (PD) that converts incident light into an electric charge.
- the photoelectric conversion unit 12 (in FIG. 3, the photodiode PD of pixel Pa to the photodiode PD of pixel Pd) can perform photoelectric conversion to generate an electric charge according to the amount of light received.
- the transfer transistor TR (in FIG. 3, the transfer transistor TR of pixel Pa to the transfer transistor TR of pixel Pd) is configured to be able to transfer the charge photoelectrically converted in the photoelectric conversion unit 12 to the floating diffusion FD.
- the transfer transistor TR is controlled by a signal STR, and electrically connects or disconnects the photoelectric conversion unit 12 and the floating diffusion FD.
- the transfer transistor TR can transfer the charge photoelectrically converted and accumulated in the photoelectric conversion unit 12 to the floating diffusion FD.
- the transfer transistors TR of pixels Pa to Pd are turned on and off by different signals.
- the transfer transistor TR of pixel Pa is controlled by signal STR1
- the transfer transistor TR of pixel Pb is controlled by signal STR2.
- the transfer transistor TR of pixel Pc is controlled by signal STR3
- the transfer transistor TR of pixel Pd is controlled by signal STR4.
- the floating diffusion FD is an accumulation section and is configured to be able to accumulate the transferred charge.
- the floating diffusion FD can accumulate the charge photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion section 12.
- the floating diffusion FD can also be said to be a retention section capable of retaining the transferred charge.
- the floating diffusion FD accumulates the transferred charge and converts it into a voltage according to the capacity of the floating diffusion FD.
- the readout circuit 20 has an amplification transistor AMP, a selection transistor SEL, and a reset transistor RST, as shown in FIG. 3.
- the amplification transistor AMP is configured to generate and output a signal based on the charge accumulated in the floating diffusion FD.
- the amplification transistor AMP can generate and output a signal based on the charge converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12.
- the gate of the amplifier transistor AMP is electrically connected to the floating diffusion FD of each pixel P, and the voltage converted by the floating diffusion FD is input.
- the drain of the amplifier transistor AMP is connected to a power supply line through which the power supply voltage VDD is supplied.
- the source of the amplification transistor AMP is connected to the signal line L2 via the selection transistor SEL.
- the amplification transistor AMP is configured to generate a signal based on the charge stored in the floating diffusion FD, i.e., a signal based on the voltage of the floating diffusion FD, and output it to the signal line L2.
- the selection transistor SEL is configured to be capable of controlling the output of a pixel signal.
- the selection transistor SEL is electrically connected in series to the amplification transistor AMP.
- the selection transistor SEL is controlled by a signal SSEL, and is configured to be capable of outputting a signal from the amplification transistor AMP to a signal line L2.
- the selection transistor SEL can control the output timing of the pixel signal.
- the selection transistor SEL is configured to be capable of outputting a signal based on the charge converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12.
- the selection transistor SEL can output a pixel signal of the pixel P to a signal line L2.
- the selection transistor SEL may be electrically connected between a power supply line to which a power supply voltage VDD is applied and the amplification transistor AMP. Furthermore, the selection transistor SEL may be omitted as necessary.
- the reset transistor RST is configured to be able to reset the voltage of the floating diffusion FD.
- the reset transistor RST is electrically connected to a power supply line to which a power supply voltage VDD is applied, and is configured to reset the charge of the pixel P.
- the reset transistor RST is controlled by a signal SRST, and can reset the charge accumulated in the floating diffusion FD and reset the voltage of the floating diffusion FD.
- the reset transistor RST electrically connects the power supply line and the floating diffusion FD, and can discharge the charge accumulated in the floating diffusion FD.
- the reset transistor RST can also discharge the charge accumulated in the photoelectric conversion unit 12 via the transfer transistor TR.
- FIG. 4A is a diagram for explaining another example of the circuit configuration of a pixel of the imaging device according to the first embodiment.
- the readout circuit 20 may have a transistor FDG, as in the example shown in FIG. 4A.
- the transistor FDG is configured to be able to electrically connect the floating diffusion FD and the reset transistor RST.
- the transistor FDG is controlled by a signal SFDG to electrically connect or disconnect the floating diffusion FD and the reset transistor RST.
- the transistor FDG When the transistor FDG is turned on, the capacitance added to the floating diffusion FD of the pixel P increases, and the conversion efficiency (gain) when converting charge to voltage is switched.
- the transistor FDG is a switching transistor used to set the conversion efficiency.
- the transistor FDG can change the conversion efficiency by switching the capacitance connected to the gate of the amplification transistor AMP.
- the transistor FDG may be electrically connected in series to the reset transistor RST, or may be electrically connected in parallel to the reset transistor RST.
- the transistor FDG may be configured to be able to electrically connect the floating diffusion FD and the capacitive element C1, as in the example shown in FIG. 4B.
- the transistor FDG is controlled by a signal SFDG to electrically connect or disconnect the floating diffusion FD and the capacitive element C1. By switching the connection state of the capacitive element C1, it is possible to change the conversion efficiency.
- the transfer transistor TR, the amplification transistor AMP, the selection transistor SEL, the transistor FDG (switching transistor), and the reset transistor RST described above are each a MOS transistor (MOSFET) having a gate, a source, and a drain terminal.
- MOSFET MOS transistor
- the transfer transistor TR, the amplification transistor AMP, the selection transistor SEL, the transistor FDG, and the reset transistor RST are each configured as an NMOS transistor.
- the transistor of the pixel P may be configured as a PMOS transistor.
- the transistor of the pixel P may be configured as a 3D transistor, for example, a FinFET.
- the imaging device 1 may have a configuration in which five or more pixels P, for example, eight pixels P, share one readout circuit 20.
- a readout circuit 20 is arranged for every eight pixels P, and 2 ⁇ 4 pixels share one readout circuit 20.
- the pixel driving unit 111 (see FIG. 1) of the imaging device 1 supplies control signals to the gates of the transfer transistor TR, selection transistor SEL, transistor FDG, reset transistor RST, etc. of each pixel P via the control line L1 described above, turning the transistors on (conducting state) or off (non-conducting state).
- the multiple control lines L1 for each pixel row of the imaging device 1 include, for example, wiring that transmits a signal STR that controls the transfer transistor TR, wiring that transmits a signal SSEL that controls the selection transistor SEL, wiring that transmits a signal SFDG that controls the transistor FDG, wiring that transmits a signal SRST that controls the reset transistor RST, etc.
- the transfer transistor TR, selection transistor SEL, transistor FDG, reset transistor RST, etc. are controlled to be turned on and off by the pixel driving unit 111.
- the pixel driving unit 111 controls the readout circuit 20 of each pixel P to output a pixel signal from each pixel P to the signal line L2.
- the pixel driving unit 111 can control the reading out of the pixel signal of each pixel P to the signal line L2.
- FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of the planar configuration of a pixel of the imaging device according to the first embodiment.
- FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining an example of the cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of the imaging device.
- FIG. 6 shows an example of the pixel configuration in the direction of line A-A' shown in FIG. 5.
- Each pixel P of the imaging device 1 has, for example, the structure shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6.
- the pixel P has a photoelectric conversion unit 12, a transfer transistor TR, a floating diffusion FD, a pixel transistor 30, and a semiconductor region 35.
- the pixel transistor 30 is, for example, a transistor of the readout circuit 20 described above.
- the pixel transistor 30 is used as an amplification transistor AMP, a selection transistor SEL, a transistor FDG, a reset transistor RST, or the like. Note that the pixel transistor 30 of some pixels P may be a dummy transistor.
- the readout circuit 20 may include a dummy transistor as the pixel transistor 30.
- Each transistor of the readout circuit 20, such as the amplification transistor AMP, the selection transistor SEL, the transistor FDG, and the reset transistor RST, is provided separately as pixel transistors 30 in multiple pixels P, for example, and is shared by multiple pixels P. By configuring the imaging device 1 in this way, it is possible to reduce the number of transistors in one pixel P.
- the imaging device 1 is configured using a substrate 101 including a semiconductor layer 110.
- the substrate 101 is configured, for example, of a semiconductor substrate such as a Si (silicon) substrate.
- the above-mentioned photoelectric conversion unit 12 and readout circuit 20 are formed on the substrate 101 including the semiconductor layer 110.
- the substrate 101 may be formed using an SOI (Silicon On Insulator) substrate, a SiGe (Silicon Germanium) substrate, other compound semiconductor materials, etc.
- SOI Silicon On Insulator
- SiGe Silicon Germanium
- the substrate 101 is formed to include a semiconductor layer 110 and a wiring layer 120.
- the semiconductor layer 110 has opposing surfaces 11S1 and 11S2.
- Surface 11S2 is the surface opposite to surface 11S1.
- Surface 11S1 of the semiconductor layer 110 is an element formation surface on which elements such as transistors are formed.
- a gate electrode, a gate insulating film (e.g., a gate oxide film), etc. are provided on surface 11S1 of the semiconductor layer 110.
- Surface 11S2 of the semiconductor layer 110 is, for example, a light receiving surface (light incident surface).
- a plurality of photoelectric conversion units 12 are provided along the faces 11S1 and 11S2 of the semiconductor layer 110.
- a plurality of photoelectric conversion units 12 are embedded in the semiconductor layer 110.
- the photoelectric conversion units 12 can also be called a photoelectric conversion layer.
- the photoelectric conversion units 12 are provided between the faces 11S1 and 11S2 of the semiconductor layer 110.
- the semiconductor layer 110 has a well 25.
- the well 25 is, for example, a p-type semiconductor region, or a p-type well (p-well).
- the well 25, which is a p-type well region, is provided in the semiconductor layer 110.
- the photoelectric conversion unit 12 is configured to include a semiconductor region 15 provided within the well 25.
- the semiconductor region 15 is, for example, an n-type semiconductor region.
- a transfer transistor TR, a floating diffusion FD, a pixel transistor 30, a semiconductor region 35, etc. are provided on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110.
- the floating diffusion FD is configured to include, for example, an n-type semiconductor region.
- the imaging device 1 is provided with trenches 91 and 92.
- the trenches 91 and 92 are each provided between adjacent pixels P in the semiconductor layer 110.
- the trenches 91 and 92 are provided between the photoelectric conversion units 12 of adjacent pixels P, and separate the pixels P (or the photoelectric conversion units 12). It can also be said that the pixels P have a structure partitioned by the trenches 91 and 92.
- Trench 91 and trench 92 are each an isolation portion (groove portion) and are formed, for example, using an insulating material. At least a portion of each of trench 91 and trench 92 is provided at the boundary between adjacent pixels P (or photoelectric conversion portions 12).
- Trench 91 has an STI (Shallow Trench Isolation) structure and is provided on the surface 11S1 side of semiconductor layer 110.
- Trench 92 has an FTI (Full Trench Isolation) structure and is provided so as to penetrate semiconductor layer 110.
- trench 91 is provided in semiconductor layer 110 so as to surround transfer transistor TR, floating diffusion FD, pixel transistor 30, semiconductor region 35, etc.
- trench 92 is provided in semiconductor layer 110 so as to surround photoelectric conversion unit 12.
- trenches 91 and trench 92 are provided in a lattice shape so as to surround each photoelectric conversion unit 12 of each pixel P.
- Trench 91 and trench 92 can also be referred to as inter-pixel separation unit or inter-pixel separation wall.
- an insulating film such as an oxide film (e.g., a silicon oxide film) or a nitride film (e.g., a silicon nitride film) is provided.
- the trenches 91 and 92 may be filled with polysilicon, a metal material, other insulating materials, etc. Also, a void (cavity) may be provided in the trenches 91 and 92.
- the trench 92 may be formed in the trench 91.
- the trench 92 may be provided from the trench 91 provided on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110 to the surface 11S2 of the semiconductor layer 110.
- the imaging device 1 is also provided with a trench 93.
- the trench 93 is an isolation portion (groove portion) having an STI structure.
- An insulating film such as an oxide film (e.g., a silicon oxide film) or a nitride film (e.g., a silicon nitride film) is provided within the trench 93.
- the trench 93 is provided on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110, and isolates the elements.
- the trench 93 is formed between the pixel transistor 30 and the floating diffusion FD, between the pixel transistor 30 and the transfer transistor TR, between the transfer transistor TR and the semiconductor region 35, etc.
- the imaging device 1 is provided with a plurality of regions (active regions) partitioned by separation portions (trench).
- the imaging device 1 has, for example, an active region 81 and an active region 82 provided in the semiconductor layer 110 of the substrate 101.
- each pixel P of the imaging device 1 is formed with an active region 81 and an active region 82 surrounded by a trench 93 (or trench 91).
- Active region 81 and active region 82 are, for example, regions of semiconductor layer 110 (or well 25 of semiconductor layer 110) electrically isolated by trenches 93 and 91, and are island-shaped regions. As in the example shown in FIG. 5, pixel transistor 30 and semiconductor region 35 are provided in active region 81. Furthermore, transfer transistor TR and floating diffusion FD are provided in active region 82.
- the transfer transistor TR has a gate insulating film 45 and a gate electrode 46.
- the transfer transistor TR has a planar gate structure.
- the transfer transistor TR is configured as, for example, a planar type transistor.
- the transfer transistor TR is disposed in the active region 82.
- the transfer transistor TR may have a vertical gate structure.
- the gate electrode 46 and the gate insulating film 45 of the transfer transistor TR may be formed in the semiconductor layer 110 so as to reach the photoelectric conversion unit 12.
- the semiconductor region 35 is a semiconductor region of the same conductivity type as the well 25, and is provided on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110.
- the semiconductor region 35 is provided relative to the well 25 in the active region 81, and is electrically connected to the well 25.
- the semiconductor region 35 is, for example, a p-type semiconductor region, and is a region formed using p-type impurities.
- the semiconductor region 35 has, for example, a higher impurity concentration than the impurity concentration of the well 25, and is a p+ type semiconductor region.
- the semiconductor region 35 which is a p+ region, is a p+ type diffusion region, and can also be said to be a p+ type conductive region.
- the semiconductor region 35 is also electrically connected to the contact 55.
- the contact 55 is provided in the wiring layer 120 of the substrate 101.
- the semiconductor region 35 is connected to a contact 55 provided on the semiconductor region 35, and is electrically connected to wiring (not shown) of the wiring layer 120 via the contact 55.
- the contact 55 is electrically connected to the well 25 by the semiconductor region 35.
- the contact 55 is, for example, in ohmic contact with the semiconductor region 35 and electrically connected to the well 25 via the semiconductor region 35.
- a predetermined potential (voltage) is supplied to the region of the well 25 electrically connected to the semiconductor region 35 by the wiring of the wiring layer 120, the contact 55, etc.
- the contact 55 is a well contact, and the semiconductor region 35 is a well contact region.
- the contact 55 and the semiconductor region 35 are arranged, for example, for each pixel P.
- the semiconductor region 35 and the contact 55 together can also be referred to as a well contact region.
- the semiconductor region 35 is electrically connected to a reference potential line in the wiring layer 120 via, for example, the contact 55, and a reference potential is applied to the semiconductor region 35 and the well 25.
- a GND potential ground potential
- the pixel transistor 30 has a semiconductor region 31, a semiconductor region 32, a semiconductor region 33, a gate insulating film 41, and a gate electrode 42.
- the semiconductor regions 31 to 33 are each provided with respect to a well 25 in the active region 81. It can also be said that the semiconductor regions 32, 33, etc. are arranged to replace part of the well 25.
- the semiconductor region 31 and the semiconductor region 32 (or the semiconductor region 33) have mutually different conductivity types.
- the semiconductor region 31 is a region where a channel is formed (channel region). As shown in the example of FIG. 6, a portion P1 of a gate electrode 42 and a gate insulating film 41 are provided around the semiconductor region 31.
- the semiconductor region 31 is, for example, a p-type semiconductor region, and is a region formed using p-type impurities.
- the semiconductor region 31 is a p-type diffusion region, and can also be said to be a p-type conductive region.
- the semiconductor region 32 and the semiconductor region 33 are the source region and the drain region of the pixel transistor 30.
- One of the semiconductor regions 32 and 33 is the source region of the pixel transistor 30, and the other of the semiconductor regions 32 and 33 is the drain region of the pixel transistor 30.
- Semiconductor region 32 and semiconductor region 33 are, for example, n-type semiconductor regions, and are regions formed using n-type impurities. Semiconductor region 32 and semiconductor region 33 are, for example, formed by doping (adding) n-type impurities into a region of semiconductor layer 110. Semiconductor region 32 and semiconductor region 33 are, for example, n-type diffusion regions, and can also be called n-type conductive regions.
- the semiconductor region 32 is connected to a contact 52 provided on the semiconductor region 32, and is electrically connected to the wiring (not shown) of the wiring layer 120 via the contact 52.
- the semiconductor region 33 is connected to a contact 53 provided on the semiconductor region 33, and is electrically connected to the wiring of the wiring layer 120 via the contact 53.
- a semiconductor region 32 and a semiconductor region 33 are arranged around the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30.
- the pixel transistor 30 having the semiconductor regions 32 and 33 is formed in a region around the transfer transistor TR. Note that the shape of the pixel transistor 30 is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 5 and can be changed as appropriate.
- the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 is provided, for example, on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110 so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer 110.
- a part of the gate electrode 42 is provided within the semiconductor layer 110 so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer 110 that will become the channel region of the pixel transistor 30, via the gate insulating film 41.
- the pixel transistor 30 can be configured as a Fin type transistor.
- At least a portion of the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 is provided, for example, in the semiconductor layer 110. At least a portion of each of the gate electrode 42 and the gate insulating film 41 is provided, for example, by recessing the semiconductor layer 110. At least a portion of each of the gate electrode 42 and the gate insulating film 41 of the pixel transistor 30 can be disposed so as to be embedded, for example, in the semiconductor layer 110.
- the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 has multiple portions P1, for example, as shown in the example in FIG. 6.
- the multiple portions P1 of the gate electrode 42 are provided in the semiconductor layer 110 so as to sandwich the semiconductor region 31 that becomes the channel region of the pixel transistor 30.
- the multiple portions P1 are arranged, for example, so as to be aligned with each other in the Y-axis direction (or X-axis direction) with the semiconductor region 31 in between. Note that the number, shape, etc. of the portions P1 are not limited to the example shown in the figure, and can be changed as appropriate.
- the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 may have a plurality of portions P1 provided in the semiconductor layer 110.
- the plurality of portions P1 of the gate electrode 42 are arranged in a plurality of grooves (trenches) provided in the semiconductor layer 110.
- the pixel transistor 30 may have the gate electrode 42 which is a trench-type gate electrode.
- the multiple portions P1 of the gate electrode 42 have a fin shape and can also be called fin portions.
- the semiconductor region 31 of the semiconductor layer 110 has a fin shape and can also be called fin portions. Note that the portions P1 or the semiconductor region 31 are protruding structural parts and can also be called protruding portions.
- the portion P1 of the gate electrode 42 protrudes, for example, from the surface 11S1 of the semiconductor layer 110 toward the inside of the semiconductor layer 110.
- the portion P1 or the semiconductor region 31 can also be considered a convex portion (or a protruding portion).
- the portion P1 can also be considered a convex portion that extends from the surface 11S1 of the semiconductor layer 110 toward the inside of the semiconductor layer 110.
- the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 may be configured to include multiple structural portions arranged to extend in the thickness direction of the semiconductor layer 110 (or the substrate 101).
- the gate electrode 42 has multiple portions P1 formed to extend in the thickness direction perpendicular to the surface 11S1 of the semiconductor layer 110.
- portion P1 of gate electrode 42 is provided between trench 93 and trench 91. As shown in FIG. 6, bottom B1 (lower end) of gate electrode 42 is located above bottom B2 of trench 93. Portion P1 (fin portion) of gate electrode 42 is formed, for example, in a region whose depth from surface 11S1 of semiconductor layer 110 is shallower than bottom B2 (lower end) of trench 93.
- the gate insulating film 41 of the pixel transistor 30 is provided on the channel region (semiconductor region 31) of the pixel transistor 30.
- the gate insulating film 41 e.g., a gate oxide film
- the gate electrode 42 is provided on the gate insulating film 41.
- the gate electrode 42 is arranged to cover the semiconductor region 31 of the semiconductor layer 110 via the gate insulating film 41, as shown in FIG. 6, for example.
- the gate insulating film 41 is formed along the multiple portions P1 of the gate electrode 42 within the semiconductor layer 110.
- the portion P1 of the gate electrode 42 and the gate insulating film 41 are provided by digging into the semiconductor layer 110, for example, as shown in the example of FIG. 6.
- the pixel transistor 30 may have a dug-in gate structure. A portion of each of the gate electrode 42 and the gate insulating film 41 is disposed so as to be embedded in the semiconductor layer 110, for example.
- the pixel transistor 30 has a dug-in fin structure and may also be called a dug-in fin transistor.
- the gate insulating film 41 of the pixel transistor 30 and the gate insulating film 45 of the transfer transistor TR are composed of, for example, a single layer film made of one of silicon oxide (SiO), silicon oxynitride (SiON), hafnium oxide (HfO), etc., or a laminated film made of two or more of these.
- the gate insulating films 41 and 45 may be formed using a high-dielectric material having a higher dielectric constant than that of silicon oxide, such as a hafnium-based insulating film.
- the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 and the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR are made of, for example, polysilicon (Poly-Si).
- the gate electrodes 42 and 46 may be made of a metal material or a metal compound.
- the gate electrodes 42 and 46 may be made of, for example, titanium nitride (TiN), tantalum nitride (TaN), tungsten (W), etc. Sidewalls may be provided on the side surfaces of the gate electrode 42 and the gate electrode 46.
- the contacts 52, 53, and 55 are each made of a conductive material.
- the contacts 52, 53, and 55 are each formed by embedding (filling) a conductive material such as tungsten (W) into a contact hole.
- a conductive material such as tungsten (W) into a contact hole.
- Each of the contacts 52, 53, and 55 may be made of a metal material such as aluminum (Al) or copper (Cu), or may be made of other materials.
- the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the pixel transistor 30.
- the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30.
- the semiconductor region 35 and the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30 are provided in the active region 81 as shown in FIG. 5.
- the semiconductor region 35 is disposed adjacent to the semiconductor region 33 of the pixel transistor 30 on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110.
- adjacent includes cases where there is no contact.
- Adjacent includes cases where there is direct contact and cases where there is adjacent via a natural oxide film or the like.
- in contact includes cases where there is direct contact and cases where there is contact via a natural oxide film or the like.
- the semiconductor region 35 is provided, for example, adjacent to an end (side) of the semiconductor region 33, which is the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30.
- the semiconductor region 35 may be provided adjacent to the semiconductor region 32.
- the semiconductor region 35 may also be provided adjacent to the gate of the pixel transistor 30.
- the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the pixel transistor 30.
- This allows the imaging device 1 to have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization. Compared to a case in which the semiconductor region 35 and the pixel transistor 30 are provided in different active regions, the area of the region in which the transistors, etc. are arranged in the pixel P can be increased. It is possible to increase the size (e.g., gate width, gate length, etc.) of the transistor arranged in the pixel P.
- the pixel transistor 30 has a gate electrode 42 arranged to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer 110, as described above.
- the pixel transistor 30 can be configured as a Fin type transistor. This allows the area of the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 to be increased. It is possible to increase the effective gate width, etc., of the pixel transistor 30.
- the area of the transistor of the readout circuit 20, for example the gate of the amplification transistor AMP, can be increased, making it possible to suppress noise that gets mixed into the pixel signal.
- the area efficiency of fine pixels can be improved, and the size of the pixel transistor 30 can be increased.
- the pixel transistor 30 can be configured to have multiple fin portions (portion P1), and the gate area of the pixel transistor 30 can be secured. This makes it possible to improve the characteristics of the transistors (amplification transistor AMP, selection transistor SEL, transistor FDG, reset transistor RST, etc.) of the readout circuit 20. This makes it possible to prevent the quality of the pixel signal from deteriorating, and to prevent deterioration in the image quality of the image.
- the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 is provided such that the bottom B1 of the gate electrode 42 is located above the bottom B2 of the trench 93. This allows the pixel transistor 30 to be isolated from other elements, and crosstalk between elements can be suppressed. It is possible to suppress noise from being mixed into the pixel signal.
- the portion P1 (fin portion) of the gate electrode 42 is formed in a region whose depth from the surface 11S1 of the semiconductor layer 110 is shallower than the bottom B2 of the trench 93. This makes it possible to suppress manufacturing variations in the portion P1 (variations in the length of the portion P1, the width (thickness) of the portion P1, etc.), and to suppress deterioration of the characteristics of the pixel transistor 30.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an example of the arrangement of pixel transistors in an imaging device according to the first embodiment.
- four pixels P that share a readout circuit 20 are pixels Pa to Pd, and 2 ⁇ 2 pixels are shown.
- the other pixels P in the imaging device 1 may also have a configuration similar to that shown in FIG. 7.
- pixel Pa is provided with an amplification transistor AMP as the pixel transistor 30.
- Pixel Pb is provided with a selection transistor SEL as the pixel transistor 30.
- Pixel Pc is provided with a reset transistor RST as the pixel transistor 30.
- pixel Pd is provided with a transistor FDG as the pixel transistor 30.
- a wiring L3 is provided in the imaging device 1, for example, as shown in the example in FIG. 7, a wiring L3 is provided.
- the floating diffusion FD of each of the multiple pixels P that share the readout circuit 20 is electrically connected to the transistor of the readout circuit 20 via the wiring L3.
- the floating diffusion FD of each of the pixels Pa to Pd is electrically connected to the gate electrode of the amplification transistor AMP, which is, for example, the pixel transistor 30 of the pixel Pa, via the wiring L3.
- the wiring L3 is a wiring shared by the four pixels Pa to Pd.
- the wiring L3 is formed using a metal material such as aluminum (Al) or tungsten (W). Note that the wiring L3 may also be made of polysilicon (Poly-Si) or other conductive materials.
- the imaging device 1 may have a configuration in which a floating diffusion FD is shared by multiple pixels P, as in the example shown in FIG. 8.
- a floating diffusion FD is provided for four pixels Pa to Pd, and is shared by pixels Pa to Pd.
- FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of a cross-sectional configuration of an imaging device according to the first embodiment.
- the imaging device 1 has, for example, a light guide section 90, a semiconductor layer 110, and a wiring layer 120.
- the imaging device 1 has a configuration in which the light guide section 90, the semiconductor layer 110, and the wiring layer 120 are stacked in the Z-axis direction.
- a wiring layer 120 is provided on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110.
- a light guide section 90 is provided on the surface 11S2 side of the semiconductor layer 110.
- the light guide section 90 is provided on the side where light from the optical system is incident, and the wiring layer 120 is provided on the side opposite the side where the light is incident.
- the imaging device 1 is a so-called back-illuminated type imaging device.
- the wiring layer 120 includes, for example, a conductor film and an insulating film, and has multiple wirings and vias (VIAs), etc.
- the wiring layer 120 includes, for example, two or more layers of wirings, or three or more layers of wirings.
- the wiring layer 120 may include five or more layers of wirings.
- the wiring layer 120 has a configuration in which multiple wirings are stacked via an insulating film serving as an interlayer insulating film (interlayer insulating layer).
- the insulating film of the wiring layer 120 can also be called an interlayer insulating film (interlayer insulating layer).
- the wiring of the wiring layer 120 is formed using, for example, a metal material such as aluminum (Al), tungsten (W), or copper (Cu).
- the wiring of the wiring layer 120 may be formed using polysilicon (Poly-Si) or other conductive materials.
- the interlayer insulating film is formed using, for example, silicon oxide (SiO), silicon nitride (SiN), silicon oxynitride (SiON), or the like.
- the semiconductor layer 110 and the wiring layer 120 are provided with, for example, the photoelectric conversion unit 12, the readout circuit 20, etc. Furthermore, the pixel driving unit 111, the signal processing unit 112, the control unit 113, the processing unit 114, etc. described above can be provided on a substrate separate from the semiconductor layer 110, or on the semiconductor layer 110 and the wiring layer 120.
- the light guide section 90 shown in FIG. 9 is laminated on the semiconductor layer 110 in a thickness direction perpendicular to the surface 11S2 of the semiconductor layer 110.
- the light guide section 90 has a lens 21 and a filter 22, and guides the incident light to the semiconductor layer 110 side.
- the lens 21 is provided on the filter 22, for example, for each pixel P or for each set of pixels P.
- Light from a subject enters the lens 21 via an optical system such as an imaging lens.
- the photoelectric conversion unit 12 photoelectrically converts the light that enters through the lens 21 and the filter 22.
- the imaging device 1 is provided with a light-shielding section 23.
- the light-shielding section 23 (light-shielding film) is made of a material that blocks light, and is provided at the boundary between multiple adjacent pixels P.
- at least a portion of the light-shielding section 23 (light-shielding material) is provided between adjacent filters 22, and may be located at the boundary between the adjacent filters 22.
- the light shielding portion 23 is made of, for example, a metal material that blocks light (aluminum (Al), tungsten (W), copper (Cu), etc.).
- the light shielding portion 23 may be made of a material that absorbs light.
- the light shielding portion 23 is provided to prevent light from leaking to the surrounding pixels P. Unnecessary light is prevented from leaking to the surroundings, and color mixing can be prevented.
- the imaging device 1 may have at least one of a fixed charge film and an anti-reflection film.
- the fixed charge film and the anti-reflection film are provided, for example, on the surface 11S2 side of the semiconductor layer 110.
- the fixed charge film is a film having a fixed charge, and may be formed using a high dielectric material.
- the fixed charge film is made of a metal oxide such as hafnium oxide or aluminum oxide.
- the fixed charge film is, for example, a film having a negative fixed charge.
- the fixed charge film is provided between the semiconductor layer 110 and the filter 22. By providing the fixed charge film, the generation of dark current at the interface of the semiconductor layer 110 is suppressed.
- the fixed charge film may be formed of another metal oxide film, or may be formed using a metal nitride film or a metal oxynitride film. A film having a positive fixed charge may be provided as the fixed charge film.
- the anti-reflection film is, for example, made of an insulating material such as silicon nitride (SiN) or silicon oxide (SiO).
- the anti-reflection film is provided, for example, so as to be laminated with the fixed charge film.
- the anti-reflection film is provided, for example, between the semiconductor layer 110 and the filter 22, and reduces (suppresses) reflection.
- the anti-reflection film may be made of a metal compound (metal oxide, metal nitride, etc.) such as aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, or tantalum oxide, or may be made of other materials.
- the photodetector includes a semiconductor layer (semiconductor layer 110), a plurality of pixels including a first pixel (e.g., pixel Pa) having a photoelectric conversion element (photoelectric conversion unit 12) provided in the semiconductor layer, and trenches (trench 91, trench 92) provided between the plurality of adjacent pixels in the semiconductor layer.
- the first pixel includes a transistor (pixel transistor 30) provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region (semiconductor region 35) of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact (contact 55) electrically connected to the first semiconductor region.
- the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor.
- the transistor has a gate electrode (gate electrode 42) provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
- the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the pixel transistor 30.
- the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the semiconductor region 33, which is the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30.
- the pixel transistor 30 also has a gate electrode 42 that is provided to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer 110.
- the imaging device 1 can have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization of pixels.
- the gate area of the pixel transistor can be increased, making it possible to improve the characteristics of the pixel transistor. It is possible to realize a photodetection device that is advantageous for miniaturization.
- Fig. 10A is a diagram showing an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 1 of the present disclosure.
- Fig. 10B is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of the imaging device.
- Fig. 10B is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a pixel in the direction of line AA' shown in Fig. 10A.
- the transfer transistor TR has a vertical gate structure. That is, the transfer transistor TR has a vertical gate (VG) structure.
- the transfer transistor TR can also be called a vertical transistor.
- At least a portion of each of the gate insulating film 45 and the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR is provided within the semiconductor layer 110.
- At least a portion of each of the gate insulating film 45 and the gate electrode 46 is provided by digging into the semiconductor layer 110, for example, as shown in the example of FIG. 10B.
- each part of the gate electrode 46 and the gate insulating film 45 of the transfer transistor TR is disposed so as to be embedded in, for example, the semiconductor layer 110.
- the gate electrode 46 is provided so as to reach, for example, the photoelectric conversion unit 12.
- the gate electrode 46 can be provided in the semiconductor layer 110 from between the floating diffusion FD and the trench 93 to the region of the photoelectric conversion unit 12.
- the gate insulating film 45 is formed along the gate electrode 46 within the semiconductor layer 110.
- the bottom B3 (lower end) of the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR is located, for example, below the bottom B2 of the trench 93.
- the bottom B3 of the gate electrode 46 is formed, for example, to a region whose depth from the surface 11S1 of the semiconductor layer 110 is deeper than the bottom B2 of the trench 93.
- the transfer transistor TR has a VG structure.
- the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR can be provided so as to reach the photoelectric conversion unit 12. This makes it possible to improve the efficiency of charge transfer from the photoelectric conversion unit 12 to the floating diffusion FD.
- the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 is provided so that the bottom B1 of the gate electrode 42 is located higher than the bottom B3 of the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR and the bottom B2 of the trench 93. This allows the pixel transistor 30 to be appropriately isolated from other elements, and crosstalk between elements can be suppressed. It becomes possible to suppress the introduction of noise into the pixel signal.
- FIG. 11A is a diagram showing an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 2.
- Fig. 11B is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of an imaging device.
- Fig. 11B is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a pixel in the direction of line AA' shown in Fig. 11A.
- the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR may be provided adjacent to the trench 93.
- the gate insulating film 45 and gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR are provided to contact the trench 93, for example, as in the example shown in Figures 11A and 11B. This makes it possible to reduce the parasitic capacitance added to the transfer transistor TR.
- the parasitic capacitance added to the transfer transistor TR can be reduced, and the characteristics of the transfer transistor TR can be improved.
- the gm (mutual conductance) of the transfer transistor TR can be improved.
- power consumption can be reduced.
- FIG. 12A is a diagram showing an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 3.
- Fig. 12B is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of the imaging device.
- Fig. 12B is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a pixel in the direction of line AA' shown in Fig. 12A.
- the pixel transistor 30 has a sidewall 43.
- the sidewall 43 is provided on the side of the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30.
- the transfer transistor TR also has a sidewall 47.
- the sidewall 47 is provided on the side of the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR.
- the sidewalls 43, 47 are made of an insulating film such as silicon oxide (SiO) or silicon nitride (SiN), and are provided around the gate electrodes 42, 46.
- the sidewalls 43, 47 may be made of silicon oxynitride (SiON) or other materials.
- an insulating film 49 is provided.
- the insulating film 49 is provided in the semiconductor layer 110 between the floating diffusion FD and the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR.
- the insulating film 49 is provided in a recessed portion 96 in the gate electrode 46. It can also be said that the insulating film 49 is disposed by replacing a part of the gate electrode 46.
- the recessed portion 96 can also be said to be a groove portion (recess).
- the insulating film 49 is composed of an insulating film such as an oxide film, a nitride film, or an oxynitride film.
- the insulating film 49 is formed using silicon oxide (SiO), silicon nitride (SiN), aluminum oxide (AlO), or other insulating material.
- the insulating film 49 can be provided, for example, in the region of the side of the gate electrode 46 that faces the floating diffusion FD (recessed portion 96 of the gate electrode 46 in FIG. 12B).
- the insulating film 49 is provided, so that the parasitic capacitance added to the transfer transistor TR can be reduced.
- the characteristics of the transfer transistor TR can be improved.
- the insulating film 49 may be configured integrally with the sidewall 47. At least a portion of the sidewall 47 may be provided within the semiconductor layer 110 and disposed as the insulating film 49.
- FIG. 13A is a diagram showing an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 4.
- Fig. 13B is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of the imaging device.
- Fig. 13B is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a pixel in the direction of line AA' shown in Fig. 13A.
- an insulating film 48 may be provided.
- the insulating film 48 is provided, for example, in the semiconductor layer 110, in a recessed portion 95 at the end of the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30.
- the insulating film 48 can be said to be disposed by replacing part of the portion P1 of the gate electrode 42.
- the insulating film 48 is provided in the recessed portion 96 of the gate electrode 42, making it possible to suppress deterioration of the characteristics of the pixel transistor 30 caused by variations in the gate position.
- the shape and arrangement of the insulating film 48 of the imaging device 1 are not limited to the example shown in the figure.
- the insulating film 48 may be provided on both ends of the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30.
- the insulating film 48 may be configured integrally with the sidewall 43. At least a portion of the sidewall 43 may be provided within the semiconductor layer 110 and arranged as the insulating film 48.
- Fig. 15A is a diagram showing an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 5.
- Fig. 15B is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of the imaging device.
- Fig. 15B is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a pixel in the direction of line AA' shown in Fig. 15A.
- the transfer transistor TR may have multiple vertical gates (VG).
- the transfer transistor TR has a gate electrode 46a and a gate electrode 46b.
- the transfer transistor TR can transfer charges from the photoelectric conversion unit 12 by the gate electrode 46a and the gate electrode 46b, which are vertical gates. This makes it possible to improve the charge transfer efficiency.
- FIGS. 16A and 16B are diagrams for explaining another example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 5.
- an insulating film 49 may be provided in the recessed portion of at least one of the gate electrodes 46a and 46b.
- the parasitic capacitance added to the transfer transistor TR can be reduced, and the characteristics of the transfer transistor TR can be improved.
- (1-6. Modification 6) 17 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 6.
- the source region and the drain region of the pixel transistor 30 may have different sizes.
- the size of the semiconductor region 33 close to the semiconductor region 35, which is a well contact region, is smaller than the size of the semiconductor region 32.
- the size of the area of the active region 81 in which the pixel transistors 30 are arranged, on the semiconductor region 33 side closer to the semiconductor region 35, may be smaller than the size of the area on the semiconductor region 32 side.
- the pixel transistors 30 may have, for example, a trapezoidal shape.
- Fig. 18 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 7.
- the semiconductor region 35 may be provided adjacent to at least one of the gate electrode 42 and the gate insulating film 41 of the pixel transistor 30 in the pixel P.
- the semiconductor region 35 is arranged in the active region 81 on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110 so as to be adjacent to the gate insulating film 41 and the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30.
- the semiconductor region 35 is provided in contact with the active region 81 in which the gate electrode 42 and the like are arranged.
- the shape of the pixel transistor 30 is not limited to the example shown in Fig. 18 and can be changed as appropriate.
- the transistor has a gate electrode and a gate insulating film (gate electrode 42 and gate insulating film 41) provided on a first region (active region 81) of the semiconductor layer (semiconductor layer 110).
- the first semiconductor region is provided in contact with the first region (active region 81) so as to be adjacent to at least one of the gate electrode and the gate insulating film of the transistor.
- the imaging device 1 can also have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization. Compared to a case in which the semiconductor region 35 and the pixel transistor 30 are disposed apart, the area of the region in which the transistors, etc. are disposed in the pixel P can be increased. The size of the pixel transistor 30 disposed in the pixel P can be increased, making it possible to improve the characteristics of the transistors (amplification transistor AMP, selection transistor SEL, etc.) of the readout circuit 20.
- FIG. 19A is a diagram showing an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 8.
- Fig. 19B is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of an imaging device.
- Fig. 19B is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a pixel in the direction of line AA' shown in Fig. 19A.
- a conductor region 36 is provided.
- the conductor region 36 is provided around the semiconductor region 35. At least a portion of the conductor region 36 is provided in contact with the semiconductor region 35.
- the conductor region 36 is formed adjacent to the semiconductor region 35, for example, on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110. In the example shown in Fig. 19B, the conductor region 36 is located above and inside the trenches 91 and 92.
- the conductor region 36 is made of, for example, polysilicon doped with impurities. Note that the conductor region 36 (conductive portion) may be made of other conductive materials (e.g., metal materials, etc.). The conductor region 36 has, for example, an impurity concentration higher than the impurity concentration of the well 25.
- the contact 55 is provided on the conductor region 36.
- the contact 55 is electrically connected to the semiconductor region 35 and the well 25 via the conductor region 36.
- the semiconductor region 35 provided in the well 25 is electrically connected to the contact 55 via the conductor region 36.
- the impurity concentration of the semiconductor region 35 required for electrical connection with the contact 55 it is possible to reduce the impurity concentration of the semiconductor region 35 required for electrical connection with the contact 55.
- the impurity concentration of the semiconductor region 35 it is possible to reduce the electric field between the semiconductor region 35 and the semiconductor region 33 (source region or drain region) of the pixel transistor 30. This makes it possible to suppress the occurrence of defects in the pixel transistor 30. It is also possible to prevent an increase in noise mixed into the pixel signal.
- Fig. 20A is a diagram showing an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 9.
- Fig. 20B is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of an imaging device.
- Fig. 20B is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a pixel in the direction of line AA' shown in Fig. 20A.
- the imaging device 1 may have a semiconductor region 37.
- the semiconductor region 37 is provided in the semiconductor layer 110 around the floating diffusion FD.
- the semiconductor region 37 is made of polysilicon doped with impurities. Note that the semiconductor region 37 may also be made of other conductive materials. At least a portion of the semiconductor region 37 is provided in contact with the floating diffusion FD.
- the floating diffusions FD of the multiple pixels P (for example, pixels Pa to Pd in FIG. 7 and the like) that share the readout circuit 20 can be electrically connected to each other via the semiconductor region 37.
- the floating diffusions FD of the pixels Pa to Pd are electrically connected to the amplification transistor AMP, reset transistor RST, etc. of the readout circuit 20 via the semiconductor region 37.
- the floating diffusion FD and the semiconductor region 37 are made to have a side contact structure, which makes it possible to improve the area efficiency of the pixel P. It becomes possible to secure the area of the region in the pixel P in which the transistors and the like are arranged.
- FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of pixel arrangement of an imaging device according to a second embodiment of the present disclosure.
- a pixel P of the imaging device 1 has multiple photoelectric conversion units 12 (photoelectric conversion unit 12a and photoelectric conversion unit 12b in the example shown in FIG. 21).
- Photoelectric conversion unit 12b is provided next to photoelectric conversion unit 12a. It can also be said that a pixel having photoelectric conversion unit 12a and a pixel having photoelectric conversion unit 12b are provided.
- one lens 21 (lens unit) is provided for multiple photoelectric conversion units 12, for example, two photoelectric conversion units 12 (photoelectric conversion unit 12a, photoelectric conversion unit 12b).
- the photoelectric conversion units 12a and 12b receive light that has passed through different regions of an optical system such as an imaging lens, and perform pupil division.
- phase difference data (phase difference information) can be obtained.
- phase difference AF Auto Focus
- the readout circuit 20 is configured to be capable of outputting a first pixel signal and a second pixel signal for each pixel P that shares the readout circuit 20.
- the readout circuit 20 can also read out a pixel signal corresponding to the charge obtained by adding up the charge converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12a and the charge converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12b.
- FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of the planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the second embodiment.
- a pixel P of the imaging device 1 includes transfer transistors TRa and TRb, floating diffusions FDa and FDb, pixel transistors 30a and 30b, and a semiconductor region 35.
- the transfer transistor TRa is configured to be capable of transferring charges photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12a to the floating diffusion FDa.
- the transfer transistor TRb is configured to be capable of transferring charges photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12b to the floating diffusion FDb.
- the floating diffusion FDa can store charges photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12a.
- the floating diffusion FDb can store charges photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12b.
- the readout circuit 20 is configured to be capable of outputting, for example, a pixel signal based on the charge accumulated in the floating diffusion FDa, a pixel signal based on the charge accumulated in the floating diffusion FDb, etc. Also, for example, the readout circuit 20 is configured to be capable of outputting a pixel signal corresponding to the charge obtained by adding up the charge accumulated in the floating diffusion FDa and the charge accumulated in the floating diffusion FDb.
- the pixel transistor 30a and the pixel transistor 30b are, for example, transistors of the readout circuit 20.
- the semiconductor region 32a and the semiconductor region 33a are the source region and the drain region of the pixel transistor 30a.
- One of the semiconductor regions 32a and 33a is the source region of the pixel transistor 30a, and the other of the semiconductor regions 32a and 33a is the drain region of the pixel transistor 30a.
- the semiconductor region 32b and the semiconductor region 33b are the source region and the drain region of the pixel transistor 30b.
- One of the semiconductor regions 32b and 33b is the source region of the pixel transistor 30b, and the other of the semiconductor regions 32b and 33b is the drain region of the pixel transistor 30b.
- the pixel transistors 30a and 30b are used as an amplification transistor AMP, a selection transistor SEL, a transistor FDG, a reset transistor RST, or the like.
- the pixel transistor 30a or the pixel transistor 30b of some pixels P may be a dummy transistor.
- the readout circuit 20 may include a dummy transistor as the pixel transistor 30a or the pixel transistor 30b.
- One pixel transistor 30 may be provided for each of the photoelectric conversion units 12a and 12b.
- the pixel transistors 30a and 30b can each be configured as a Fin type transistor.
- the pixel transistor 30a has a gate electrode 42a that includes multiple portions P1a (fin portions).
- the multiple portions P1a of the gate electrode 42a are provided in the semiconductor layer 110 so as to sandwich a portion of the semiconductor layer 110 that becomes the channel region of the pixel transistor 30a.
- the pixel transistor 30b also has a gate electrode 42b that includes multiple portions P1b (fin portions).
- the multiple portions P1b of the gate electrode 42b are provided in the semiconductor layer 110 so as to sandwich a portion of the semiconductor layer 110 that becomes the channel region of the pixel transistor 30b.
- the pixel transistors 30a and 30b each have, for example, a recessed Fin structure and can also be called a recessed Fin transistor.
- the imaging device 1 may also have a separation portion 95a and a separation portion 95b.
- the separation portion 95a and the separation portion 95b may each include a trench, for example.
- the separation portion 95a and the separation portion 95b may each be provided between the photoelectric conversion portion 12a and the photoelectric conversion portion 12b in the semiconductor layer 110, for example.
- Isolation portion 95a and isolation portion 95b may be made of an insulating material, or may be made of a semiconductor region formed by ion implantation.
- isolation portion 95a and isolation portion 95b may be made of a p-type semiconductor region or an n-type semiconductor region.
- the separation portion 95a is provided, for example, between adjacent floating diffusions FD on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110. In the example shown in FIG. 22, the separation portion 95a is formed between the floating diffusion FDa and the floating diffusion FDb.
- the separation portion 95b is provided between adjacent pixel transistors 30 on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110. In the example shown in FIG. 22, the separation portion 95b is formed between pixel transistor 30a and pixel transistor 30b.
- the semiconductor region 35 is provided between the separation portion 95a and separation portion 95b in a plan view, for example, as shown in FIG. 22.
- the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the pixel transistor 30a and the pixel transistor 30b.
- the semiconductor region 35 is disposed adjacent to the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30a and the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30b.
- the semiconductor region 35, the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30a, and the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30b are provided in the active region 81.
- the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the semiconductor region 33a of the pixel transistor 30a and the semiconductor region 33b of the pixel transistor 30b.
- the semiconductor region 35 may be provided adjacent to the semiconductor regions 32a and 32b.
- the semiconductor region 35 may also be provided adjacent to the gates of the pixel transistors 30a and 30b.
- the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the pixel transistor 30a and the pixel transistor 30b.
- This allows the imaging device 1 to have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization. Compared to a case in which the semiconductor region 35 and the pixel transistors 30a and 30b are provided apart, the area of the region in which the transistors and the like are arranged in the pixel P can be increased. It is possible to increase the size of the transistors arranged in the pixel P.
- the pixel transistors 30a, 30b can each be configured as a Fin-type transistor. This allows the area of the gate electrodes 42a, 42b of the pixel transistors 30a, 30b to be increased. It is possible to increase the effective gate width, etc., of each of the gate electrodes 42a, 42b.
- the gate area of the transistors of the readout circuit 20 e.g., the amplification transistor AMP
- the amplification transistor AMP can be increased, making it possible to suppress noise that gets mixed into the pixel signal.
- the photodetector includes a semiconductor layer (semiconductor layer 110), a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a first photoelectric conversion element and a second photoelectric conversion element (photoelectric conversion unit 12a and photoelectric conversion unit 12b, i.e., a first photoelectric conversion region and a second photoelectric conversion region) provided in the semiconductor layer, and trenches (trench 91, trench 92) provided between the adjacent pixels in the semiconductor layer.
- the first pixel includes a first transistor and a second transistor (pixel transistor 30a, pixel transistor 30b) provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region (semiconductor region 35) of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact (contact 55) electrically connected to the first semiconductor region.
- the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the first transistor and the second transistor.
- the first transistor has a gate electrode (e.g., gate electrode 42a) provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
- the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the pixel transistor 30a and the pixel transistor 30b.
- the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the semiconductor region 33a, which is the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30a, and the semiconductor region 33b, which is the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30b.
- the pixel transistor 30a also has a gate electrode 42a that is provided to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer 110.
- the imaging device 1 can have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization of pixels.
- the gate area of the pixel transistor can be increased, making it possible to improve the characteristics of the pixel transistor. It is possible to realize a photodetection device that is advantageous for miniaturization.
- (2-1. Modification 10) 23 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 10.
- the transfer transistor TR may have a vertical gate (VG) structure.
- the transfer transistors TRa and TRb each have a vertical gate (VG).
- VG vertical gate
- (2-2. Modification 11) 24 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 11.
- the gate electrode 46a of the transfer transistor TRa and the gate electrode 46b of the transfer transistor TRb may be provided adjacent to the trench 91 (or the trench 93). In this case, the parasitic capacitance added to the transfer transistors TRa and TRb can be reduced. The characteristics of the transfer transistors TRa and TRb can be improved.
- FIG. 25 is a diagram for explaining another example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 11.
- the imaging device 1 may have an insulating film 49a and an insulating film 49b.
- the insulating film 49a is provided in the semiconductor layer 110 between the floating diffusion FDa and the gate electrode 46a of the transfer transistor TRa.
- the insulating film 49a may be formed, for example, in a recessed portion of the gate electrode 46a.
- the insulating film 49b is provided in the semiconductor layer 110 between the floating diffusion FDb and the gate electrode 46b of the transfer transistor TRb.
- the insulating film 49b can be formed, for example, in a recessed portion of the gate electrode 46b.
- the insulating film 48 described above may be provided in the recessed portion at the end of the gate electrode 42a of the pixel transistor 30a. Also, for example, the insulating film 48 may be provided in the recessed portion at the end of the gate electrode 42b of the pixel transistor 30b.
- (2-3. Modification 12) 26 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 12.
- Each of the transfer transistors TRa and TRb may have a plurality of vertical gates (VG).
- the transfer transistor TRa has a gate electrode 46a1 and a gate electrode 46a2.
- the transfer transistor TRb has a gate electrode 46b1 and a gate electrode 46b2.
- FIG. 27 is a diagram for explaining another example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 12.
- the gate electrode 46a1 and the gate electrode 46a2 of the transfer transistor TRa are provided between the pixel transistor 30a and the floating diffusion FDa.
- the pixel transistor 30a, the gate electrode 46a1 (or the gate electrode 46a2), and the floating diffusion FDa are arranged to be aligned in the Y-axis direction in a plan view.
- the gate electrodes 46b1 and 46b2 of the transfer transistor TRb are provided between the pixel transistor 30b and the floating diffusion FDb.
- the pixel transistor 30b, the gate electrode 46b1 (or the gate electrode 46b2), and the floating diffusion FDb are arranged in the Y-axis direction in a plan view.
- the pixel transistor 30a, the gate electrode 46a1 (or the gate electrode 46a2), and the floating diffusion FDa may be arranged side by side in the X-axis direction in a planar view.
- the pixel transistor 30b, the gate electrode 46b1 (or the gate electrode 46b2), and the floating diffusion FDb may be arranged side by side in the X-axis direction in a planar view.
- Fig. 28 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 13.
- the source region and the drain region of the pixel transistor 30a (or the pixel transistor 30b) may have different sizes from each other, as in the example shown in Fig. 28.
- the size of the semiconductor region 33a close to the semiconductor region 35 is smaller than the size of the semiconductor region 32a.
- the size of the region on the semiconductor region 33a side close to the semiconductor region 35 may be smaller than the size of the region on the semiconductor region 32a side.
- the size of the semiconductor region 33b close to the semiconductor region 35 is smaller than the size of the semiconductor region 32b.
- the size of the region on the semiconductor region 33b side close to the semiconductor region 35 may be smaller than the size of the region on the semiconductor region 32b side.
- the pixel transistor 30a and the pixel transistor 30b may each have, for example, a trapezoidal shape.
- Fig. 29 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification Example 14.
- the imaging device 1 may have a semiconductor region 37 that electrically connects a plurality of floating diffusions FD, as in the example shown in Fig. 29.
- the imaging device 1 may also have the above-mentioned conductor region 36 that electrically connects a contact 55 and the semiconductor region 35.
- FIG. 30 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 15.
- a semiconductor region 35 may be provided between a semiconductor region 33a which is a source region or drain region of a pixel transistor 30a and a semiconductor region 33b which is a source region or drain region of a pixel transistor 30b. In this case, a distance between a contact 55 and the channel regions of the pixel transistors 30a and 30b can be ensured.
- the imaging device 1 may have a separation portion 95a and a separation portion 95b, as in the example shown in FIG. 30.
- the imaging device 1 may be configured to have only one of the separation portion 95a and the separation portion 95b.
- the separation portion 95b may not be disposed.
- the semiconductor region 35 may be disposed between the semiconductor region 32a, which is the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30a, and the semiconductor region 32b, which is the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30b.
- the semiconductor region 35 (or the active region 81) can have a first portion 61 and a second portion 62.
- the first portion 61 is provided adjacent to the pixel transistors 30a and 30b in the horizontal direction (X-axis direction) in a plan view.
- the first portion 61 is disposed, for example, adjacent to the gates of the pixel transistors 30a and 30b.
- the second portion 62 is in contact with the first portion 61 in the vertical direction (Y-axis direction).
- the contact 55 is provided in the second portion 62.
- the contact 55 is provided on the second portion 62.
- the first portion 61 has, for example, an impurity concentration lower than the impurity concentration of the second portion 62.
- the semiconductor region 35 is located between the isolation portions 95a and 95b, and the contact 55 is separated from the channel regions of the pixel transistors 30a and 30b. This makes it possible to prevent noise from being mixed into the pixel signal. It is also possible to prevent a decrease in the accuracy of phase difference detection. It is also expected that a decrease in image quality can be prevented. Furthermore, by separating (moving away) the contact 55 from the channel region, it is also possible to lower the impurity concentration near the portion where the channel region and the semiconductor region 35 are adjacent to each other. This makes it possible to design in a way that reduces the generation of strong electric fields.
- the first portion 61 has, for example, an impurity concentration lower than the impurity concentration of the second portion 62 connected to the contact 55.
- the impurity concentration of the first portion 61 By lowering the impurity concentration of the first portion 61, it is possible to suppress the generation of a strong electric field between the first portion 61 and the channel region. This is expected to reduce noise mixed into the pixel signal.
- FIG. 32 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of an imaging device according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
- the semiconductor region 35 and the pixel transistor 30 are arranged in the same active region, but the semiconductor region 35 and the pixel transistor 30 may be arranged in different active regions.
- the pixel transistor 30 is provided in the active region 81a, and the semiconductor region 35 is provided in the active region 81b.
- the transfer transistor TR and the floating diffusion FD are provided in the active region 82.
- the configuration of the pixel P of the imaging device 1 is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 32, and can be changed as appropriate.
- FIGS. 33A to 33E are diagrams for explaining another example configuration of the imaging device according to the third embodiment.
- the transfer transistor TR may have a vertical gate (VG) structure as shown in FIG. 33A.
- the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR may be provided adjacent to the trench 91 (or trench 93) as shown in FIG. 33B.
- the imaging device 1 may have an insulating film 49 as shown in FIG. 33C.
- the transfer transistor TR may have multiple vertical gates (gate electrodes 46a and 46b in FIG. 33D) as shown in FIG. 33D.
- an insulating film 49 may be provided in the recessed portions of the gate electrodes 46a and 46 as shown in the example in FIG. 33E.
- FIG. 34 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of an imaging device according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure.
- a pixel P of the imaging device 1 may have multiple photoelectric conversion units 12 (photoelectric conversion unit 12a, photoelectric conversion unit 12b in the example shown in FIG. 34). It can also be said that a pixel having a photoelectric conversion unit 12a and a pixel having a photoelectric conversion unit 12b are provided.
- the semiconductor region 35 and the pixel transistor 30a (and also the pixel transistor 30b) may be arranged in different active regions.
- One lens 21 (lens unit) is provided for multiple photoelectric conversion units 12, for example two photoelectric conversion units 12 (photoelectric conversion unit 12a, photoelectric conversion unit 12b).
- Phase difference data can be obtained by using a first pixel signal based on the charge photoelectrically converted by photoelectric conversion unit 12a and a second pixel signal based on the charge photoelectrically converted by photoelectric conversion unit 12b.
- Phase difference AF can be performed by using the phase difference data.
- FIGS. 35A to 35E are diagrams for explaining another example configuration of the imaging device according to the third embodiment.
- the transfer transistors TRa and TRb may each have a vertical gate (VG) structure as shown in FIG. 35A.
- the gate electrode 46a of the transfer transistor TRa and the gate electrode 46b of the transfer transistor TRb may be provided adjacent to the trench 91 (or trench 93).
- the imaging device 1 may have an insulating film 49a and an insulating film 49b as shown in FIG. 35C.
- the transfer transistors TRa and TRb may each have multiple vertical gates (VG).
- the transfer transistor TRa may have gate electrodes 46a1 and 46a2.
- the transfer transistor TRb may have gate electrodes 46b1 and 46b2.
- the imaging device 1 may have a semiconductor region 37 that electrically connects multiple floating diffusions FD, as in the example shown in FIG. 35E.
- the imaging device 1 may also have the above-mentioned conductor region 36 that electrically connects the contact 55 and the semiconductor region 35.
- the pixel transistor 30 has a gate electrode 42 arranged to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer 110.
- the pixel transistor 30 can be configured as a Fin-type transistor. This allows the imaging device 1 to have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization of pixels.
- the gate area of the pixel transistor can be increased, making it possible to improve the characteristics of the pixel transistor. It is possible to realize a photodetection device that is advantageous for miniaturization.
- the imaging device 1 and the like can be applied to any type of electronic device equipped with an imaging function, for example, a camera system such as a digital still camera or a video camera, a mobile phone equipped with an imaging function, etc.
- Fig. 36 shows a schematic configuration of an electronic device 1000.
- the electronic device 1000 includes, for example, a lens group 1001, an imaging device 1, a DSP (Digital Signal Processor) circuit 1002, a frame memory 1003, a display unit 1004, a recording unit 1005, an operation unit 1006, and a power supply unit 1007, which are interconnected via a bus line 1008.
- a lens group 1001 an imaging device 1
- a DSP (Digital Signal Processor) circuit 1002 a frame memory 1003, a display unit 1004, a recording unit 1005, an operation unit 1006, and a power supply unit 1007, which are interconnected via a bus line 1008.
- DSP Digital Signal Processor
- the lens group 1001 captures incident light (image light) from a subject and forms an image on the imaging surface of the imaging device 1.
- the imaging device 1 converts the amount of incident light formed on the imaging surface by the lens group 1001 into an electrical signal on a pixel-by-pixel basis and supplies the signal as a pixel signal to the DSP circuit 1002.
- the DSP circuit 1002 is a signal processing circuit that processes the signal supplied from the imaging device 1.
- the DSP circuit 1002 outputs image data obtained by processing the signal from the imaging device 1.
- the frame memory 1003 temporarily holds the image data processed by the DSP circuit 1002 on a frame-by-frame basis.
- the display unit 1004 is, for example, a panel-type display device such as a liquid crystal panel or an organic EL (Electro Luminescence) panel, and records image data of moving images or still images captured by the imaging device 1 on a recording medium such as a semiconductor memory or a hard disk.
- a panel-type display device such as a liquid crystal panel or an organic EL (Electro Luminescence) panel
- a recording medium such as a semiconductor memory or a hard disk.
- the operation unit 1006 outputs operation signals for various functions of the electronic device 1000 in accordance with operations by the user.
- the power supply unit 1007 appropriately supplies various types of power to the DSP circuit 1002, frame memory 1003, display unit 1004, recording unit 1005, and operation unit 1006 to these devices.
- the technology according to the present disclosure can be applied to various products.
- the technology according to the present disclosure may be realized as a device mounted on any type of moving body such as an automobile, an electric vehicle, a hybrid electric vehicle, a motorcycle, a bicycle, a personal mobility device, an airplane, a drone, a ship, or a robot.
- FIG. 37 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration example of a vehicle control system, which is an example of a mobile object control system to which the technology disclosed herein can be applied.
- the vehicle control system 12000 includes a plurality of electronic control units connected via a communication network 12001.
- the vehicle control system 12000 includes a drive system control unit 12010, a body system control unit 12020, an outside vehicle information detection unit 12030, an inside vehicle information detection unit 12040, and an integrated control unit 12050.
- Also shown as functional components of the integrated control unit 12050 are a microcomputer 12051, an audio/video output unit 12052, and an in-vehicle network I/F (interface) 12053.
- the drive system control unit 12010 controls the operation of devices related to the drive system of the vehicle according to various programs.
- the drive system control unit 12010 functions as a control device for a drive force generating device for generating the drive force of the vehicle, such as an internal combustion engine or a drive motor, a drive force transmission mechanism for transmitting the drive force to the wheels, a steering mechanism for adjusting the steering angle of the vehicle, and a braking device for generating a braking force for the vehicle.
- the body system control unit 12020 controls the operation of various devices installed in the vehicle body according to various programs.
- the body system control unit 12020 functions as a control device for a keyless entry system, a smart key system, a power window device, or various lamps such as headlamps, tail lamps, brake lamps, turn signals, and fog lamps.
- radio waves or signals from various switches transmitted from a portable device that replaces a key can be input to the body system control unit 12020.
- the body system control unit 12020 accepts the input of these radio waves or signals and controls the vehicle's door lock device, power window device, lamps, etc.
- the outside-vehicle information detection unit 12030 detects information outside the vehicle equipped with the vehicle control system 12000.
- the image capturing unit 12031 is connected to the outside-vehicle information detection unit 12030.
- the outside-vehicle information detection unit 12030 causes the image capturing unit 12031 to capture images outside the vehicle and receives the captured images.
- the outside-vehicle information detection unit 12030 may perform object detection processing or distance detection processing for people, cars, obstacles, signs, characters on the road surface, etc. based on the received images.
- the imaging unit 12031 is an optical sensor that receives light and outputs an electrical signal according to the amount of light received.
- the imaging unit 12031 can output the electrical signal as an image, or as distance measurement information.
- the light received by the imaging unit 12031 may be visible light, or may be invisible light such as infrared light.
- the in-vehicle information detection unit 12040 detects information inside the vehicle.
- a driver state detection unit 12041 that detects the state of the driver is connected.
- the driver state detection unit 12041 includes, for example, a camera that captures an image of the driver, and the in-vehicle information detection unit 12040 may calculate the driver's degree of fatigue or concentration based on the detection information input from the driver state detection unit 12041, or may determine whether the driver is dozing off.
- the microcomputer 12051 can calculate the control target values of the driving force generating device, steering mechanism, or braking device based on the information inside and outside the vehicle acquired by the outside vehicle information detection unit 12030 or the inside vehicle information detection unit 12040, and output a control command to the drive system control unit 12010.
- the microcomputer 12051 can perform cooperative control aimed at realizing the functions of an ADAS (Advanced Driver Assistance System), including avoiding or mitigating vehicle collisions, following based on the distance between vehicles, maintaining vehicle speed, vehicle collision warning, or vehicle lane departure warning.
- ADAS Advanced Driver Assistance System
- the microcomputer 12051 can also perform cooperative control for the purpose of autonomous driving, which allows the vehicle to travel autonomously without relying on the driver's operation, by controlling the driving force generating device, steering mechanism, braking device, etc. based on information about the surroundings of the vehicle acquired by the outside vehicle information detection unit 12030 or the inside vehicle information detection unit 12040.
- the microcomputer 12051 can also output control commands to the body system control unit 12020 based on information outside the vehicle acquired by the outside information detection unit 12030. For example, the microcomputer 12051 can control the headlamps according to the position of a preceding vehicle or an oncoming vehicle detected by the outside information detection unit 12030, and perform cooperative control aimed at preventing glare, such as switching from high beams to low beams.
- the audio/image output unit 12052 transmits at least one output signal of audio and image to an output device capable of visually or audibly notifying the occupants of the vehicle or the outside of the vehicle of information.
- an audio speaker 12061, a display unit 12062, and an instrument panel 12063 are exemplified as output devices.
- the display unit 12062 may include, for example, at least one of an on-board display and a head-up display.
- FIG. 38 shows an example of the installation position of the imaging unit 12031.
- the vehicle 12100 has imaging units 12101, 12102, 12103, 12104, and 12105 as the imaging unit 12031.
- the imaging units 12101, 12102, 12103, 12104, and 12105 are provided, for example, at the front nose, side mirrors, rear bumper, back door, and the top of the windshield inside the vehicle cabin of the vehicle 12100.
- the imaging unit 12101 provided at the front nose and the imaging unit 12105 provided at the top of the windshield inside the vehicle cabin mainly acquire images of the front of the vehicle 12100.
- the imaging units 12102 and 12103 provided at the side mirrors mainly acquire images of the sides of the vehicle 12100.
- the imaging unit 12104 provided at the rear bumper or back door mainly acquires images of the rear of the vehicle 12100.
- the images of the front acquired by the imaging units 12101 and 12105 are mainly used to detect preceding vehicles, pedestrians, obstacles, traffic lights, traffic signs, lanes, etc.
- FIG. 38 shows an example of the imaging ranges of the imaging units 12101 to 12104.
- Imaging range 12111 indicates the imaging range of the imaging unit 12101 provided on the front nose
- imaging ranges 12112 and 12113 indicate the imaging ranges of the imaging units 12102 and 12103 provided on the side mirrors, respectively
- imaging range 12114 indicates the imaging range of the imaging unit 12104 provided on the rear bumper or back door.
- an overhead image of the vehicle 12100 viewed from above is obtained by superimposing the image data captured by the imaging units 12101 to 12104.
- At least one of the imaging units 12101 to 12104 may have a function of acquiring distance information.
- at least one of the imaging units 12101 to 12104 may be a stereo camera consisting of multiple imaging elements, or an imaging element having pixels for phase difference detection.
- the microcomputer 12051 can obtain the distance to each solid object within the imaging ranges 12111 to 12114 and the change in this distance over time (relative speed with respect to the vehicle 12100) based on the distance information obtained from the imaging units 12101 to 12104, and can extract as a preceding vehicle, in particular, the closest solid object on the path of the vehicle 12100 that is traveling in approximately the same direction as the vehicle 12100 at a predetermined speed (e.g., 0 km/h or faster). Furthermore, the microcomputer 12051 can set the inter-vehicle distance that should be maintained in advance in front of the preceding vehicle, and perform automatic braking control (including follow-up stop control) and automatic acceleration control (including follow-up start control). In this way, cooperative control can be performed for the purpose of automatic driving, which runs autonomously without relying on the driver's operation.
- automatic braking control including follow-up stop control
- automatic acceleration control including follow-up start control
- the microcomputer 12051 classifies and extracts three-dimensional object data on three-dimensional objects, such as two-wheeled vehicles, ordinary vehicles, large vehicles, pedestrians, utility poles, and other three-dimensional objects, based on the distance information obtained from the imaging units 12101 to 12104, and can use the data to automatically avoid obstacles.
- the microcomputer 12051 distinguishes obstacles around the vehicle 12100 into obstacles that are visible to the driver of the vehicle 12100 and obstacles that are difficult to see.
- the microcomputer 12051 determines the collision risk, which indicates the risk of collision with each obstacle, and when the collision risk is equal to or exceeds a set value and there is a possibility of a collision, it can provide driving assistance for collision avoidance by outputting an alarm to the driver via the audio speaker 12061 or the display unit 12062, or by performing forced deceleration or avoidance steering via the drive system control unit 12010.
- At least one of the imaging units 12101 to 12104 may be an infrared camera that detects infrared rays.
- the microcomputer 12051 can recognize a pedestrian by determining whether or not a pedestrian is present in the image captured by the imaging units 12101 to 12104. The recognition of such a pedestrian is performed, for example, by a procedure of extracting feature points in the image captured by the imaging units 12101 to 12104 as infrared cameras, and a procedure of performing pattern matching processing on a series of feature points that indicate the contour of an object to determine whether or not it is a pedestrian.
- the audio/image output unit 12052 controls the display unit 12062 to superimpose a rectangular contour line for emphasis on the recognized pedestrian.
- the audio/image output unit 12052 may also control the display unit 12062 to display an icon or the like indicating a pedestrian at a desired position.
- the technology according to the present disclosure can be applied to, for example, the imaging unit 12031.
- the imaging device 1 or the like can be applied to the imaging unit 12031.
- the technology according to the present disclosure (Application example to endoscopic surgery system)
- the technology according to the present disclosure can be applied to various products.
- the technology according to the present disclosure may be applied to an endoscopic surgery system.
- FIG. 39 is a diagram showing an example of the general configuration of an endoscopic surgery system to which the technology disclosed herein (the present technology) can be applied.
- an operator (doctor) 11131 is shown using an endoscopic surgery system 11000 to perform surgery on a patient 11132 on a patient bed 11133.
- the endoscopic surgery system 11000 is composed of an endoscope 11100, other surgical tools 11110 such as an insufflation tube 11111 and an energy treatment tool 11112, a support arm device 11120 that supports the endoscope 11100, and a cart 11200 on which various devices for endoscopic surgery are mounted.
- the endoscope 11100 is composed of a lens barrel 11101, the tip of which is inserted into the body cavity of the patient 11132 at a predetermined length, and a camera head 11102 connected to the base end of the lens barrel 11101.
- the endoscope 11100 is configured as a so-called rigid scope having a rigid lens barrel 11101, but the endoscope 11100 may also be configured as a so-called flexible scope having a flexible lens barrel.
- the tip of the tube 11101 has an opening into which an objective lens is fitted.
- a light source device 11203 is connected to the endoscope 11100, and light generated by the light source device 11203 is guided to the tip of the tube by a light guide extending inside the tube 11101, and is irradiated via the objective lens towards an object to be observed inside the body cavity of the patient 11132.
- the endoscope 11100 may be a direct-viewing endoscope, an oblique-viewing endoscope, or a side-viewing endoscope.
- An optical system and an image sensor are provided inside the camera head 11102, and the reflected light (observation light) from the object of observation is focused on the image sensor by the optical system.
- the image sensor converts the observation light photoelectrically to generate an electrical signal corresponding to the observation light, i.e., an image signal corresponding to the observed image.
- the image signal is sent to the camera control unit (CCU: Camera Control Unit) 11201 as RAW data.
- CCU Camera Control Unit
- the CCU 11201 is composed of a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a GPU (Graphics Processing Unit), etc., and controls the overall operation of the endoscope 11100 and the display device 11202. Furthermore, the CCU 11201 receives an image signal from the camera head 11102, and performs various image processing on the image signal, such as development processing (demosaic processing), in order to display an image based on the image signal.
- a CPU Central Processing Unit
- GPU Graphics Processing Unit
- the display device 11202 under the control of the CCU 11201, displays an image based on the image signal that has been subjected to image processing by the CCU 11201.
- the light source device 11203 is composed of a light source such as an LED (Light Emitting Diode) and supplies irradiation light to the endoscope 11100 when photographing the surgical site, etc.
- a light source such as an LED (Light Emitting Diode) and supplies irradiation light to the endoscope 11100 when photographing the surgical site, etc.
- the input device 11204 is an input interface for the endoscopic surgery system 11000.
- a user can input various information and instructions to the endoscopic surgery system 11000 via the input device 11204.
- the user inputs an instruction to change the imaging conditions (type of irradiation light, magnification, focal length, etc.) of the endoscope 11100.
- the treatment tool control device 11205 controls the operation of the energy treatment tool 11112 for cauterizing tissue, incising, sealing blood vessels, etc.
- the insufflation device 11206 sends gas into the body cavity of the patient 11132 via the insufflation tube 11111 to inflate the body cavity in order to ensure a clear field of view for the endoscope 11100 and to ensure a working space for the surgeon.
- the recorder 11207 is a device capable of recording various types of information related to the surgery.
- the printer 11208 is a device capable of printing various types of information related to the surgery in various formats such as text, images, or graphs.
- the light source device 11203 that supplies irradiation light to the endoscope 11100 when photographing the surgical site can be composed of a white light source composed of, for example, an LED, a laser light source, or a combination of these.
- a white light source composed of, for example, an LED, a laser light source, or a combination of these.
- the white light source is composed of a combination of RGB laser light sources, the output intensity and output timing of each color (each wavelength) can be controlled with high precision, so that the white balance of the captured image can be adjusted in the light source device 11203.
- the light source device 11203 may be controlled to change the intensity of the light it outputs at predetermined time intervals.
- the image sensor of the camera head 11102 may be controlled to acquire images in a time-division manner in synchronization with the timing of the change in the light intensity, and the images may be synthesized to generate an image with a high dynamic range that is free of so-called blackout and whiteout.
- the light source device 11203 may be configured to supply light of a predetermined wavelength band corresponding to special light observation.
- special light observation for example, by utilizing the wavelength dependency of light absorption in body tissue, a narrow band of light is irradiated compared to the light irradiated during normal observation (i.e., white light), and a specific tissue such as blood vessels on the surface of the mucosa is photographed with high contrast, so-called narrow band imaging is performed.
- fluorescent observation may be performed in which an image is obtained by fluorescence generated by irradiating excitation light.
- excitation light is irradiated to the body tissue and the fluorescence from the body tissue is observed (autofluorescence observation), or a reagent such as indocyanine green (ICG) is locally injected into the body tissue and excitation light corresponding to the fluorescent wavelength of the reagent is irradiated to the body tissue to obtain a fluorescent image.
- the light source device 11203 may be configured to supply narrow band light and/or excitation light corresponding to such special light observation.
- FIG. 40 is a block diagram showing an example of the functional configuration of the camera head 11102 and CCU 11201 shown in FIG. 39.
- the camera head 11102 has a lens unit 11401, an imaging unit 11402, a drive unit 11403, a communication unit 11404, and a camera head control unit 11405.
- the CCU 11201 has a communication unit 11411, an image processing unit 11412, and a control unit 11413.
- the camera head 11102 and the CCU 11201 are connected to each other via a transmission cable 11400 so that they can communicate with each other.
- the lens unit 11401 is an optical system provided at the connection with the lens barrel 11101. Observation light taken in from the tip of the lens barrel 11101 is guided to the camera head 11102 and enters the lens unit 11401.
- the lens unit 11401 is composed of a combination of multiple lenses including a zoom lens and a focus lens.
- the imaging unit 11402 is composed of an imaging element.
- the imaging element constituting the imaging unit 11402 may be one (so-called single-plate type) or multiple (so-called multi-plate type).
- each imaging element may generate an image signal corresponding to each of RGB, and a color image may be obtained by combining these.
- the imaging unit 11402 may be configured to have a pair of imaging elements for acquiring image signals for the right eye and the left eye corresponding to 3D (dimensional) display. By performing 3D display, the surgeon 11131 can more accurately grasp the depth of the biological tissue in the surgical site.
- 3D dimensional
- the imaging unit 11402 does not necessarily have to be provided in the camera head 11102.
- the imaging unit 11402 may be provided inside the lens barrel 11101, immediately after the objective lens.
- the driving unit 11403 is composed of an actuator, and moves the zoom lens and focus lens of the lens unit 11401 a predetermined distance along the optical axis under the control of the camera head control unit 11405. This allows the magnification and focus of the image captured by the imaging unit 11402 to be adjusted appropriately.
- the communication unit 11404 is configured with a communication device for transmitting and receiving various information to and from the CCU 11201.
- the communication unit 11404 transmits the image signal obtained from the imaging unit 11402 as RAW data to the CCU 11201 via the transmission cable 11400.
- the communication unit 11404 also receives control signals for controlling the operation of the camera head 11102 from the CCU 11201, and supplies them to the camera head control unit 11405.
- the control signals include information on the imaging conditions, such as information specifying the frame rate of the captured image, information specifying the exposure value during imaging, and/or information specifying the magnification and focus of the captured image.
- the above-mentioned frame rate, exposure value, magnification, focus, and other imaging conditions may be appropriately specified by the user, or may be automatically set by the control unit 11413 of the CCU 11201 based on the acquired image signal.
- the endoscope 11100 is equipped with so-called AE (Auto Exposure) function, AF (Auto Focus) function, and AWB (Auto White Balance) function.
- the camera head control unit 11405 controls the operation of the camera head 11102 based on a control signal from the CCU 11201 received via the communication unit 11404.
- the communication unit 11411 is configured with a communication device for transmitting and receiving various information to and from the camera head 11102.
- the communication unit 11411 receives an image signal transmitted from the camera head 11102 via the transmission cable 11400.
- the communication unit 11411 also transmits to the camera head 11102 a control signal for controlling the operation of the camera head 11102.
- the image signal and the control signal can be transmitted by electrical communication, optical communication, etc.
- the image processing unit 11412 performs various image processing operations on the image signal, which is the RAW data transmitted from the camera head 11102.
- the control unit 11413 performs various controls related to the imaging of the surgical site, etc. by the endoscope 11100, and the display of the captured images obtained by imaging the surgical site, etc. For example, the control unit 11413 generates a control signal for controlling the driving of the camera head 11102.
- the control unit 11413 also causes the display device 11202 to display the captured image showing the surgical site, etc., based on the image signal that has been image-processed by the image processing unit 11412. At this time, the control unit 11413 may recognize various objects in the captured image using various image recognition techniques. For example, the control unit 11413 can recognize surgical tools such as forceps, specific body parts, bleeding, mist generated when the energy treatment tool 11112 is used, etc., by detecting the shape and color of the edges of objects included in the captured image. When the control unit 11413 causes the display device 11202 to display the captured image, it may use the recognition result to superimpose various types of surgical support information on the image of the surgical site. By superimposing the surgical support information and presenting it to the surgeon 11131, the burden on the surgeon 11131 can be reduced and the surgeon 11131 can proceed with the surgery reliably.
- various image recognition techniques such as forceps, specific body parts, bleeding, mist generated when the energy treatment tool 11112 is used, etc.
- the transmission cable 11400 that connects the camera head 11102 and the CCU 11201 is an electrical signal cable that supports electrical signal communication, an optical fiber that supports optical communication, or a composite cable of these.
- communication is performed wired using a transmission cable 11400, but communication between the camera head 11102 and the CCU 11201 may also be performed wirelessly.
- the technology of the present disclosure can be suitably applied to, for example, the imaging unit 11402 provided in the camera head 11102 of the endoscope 11100.
- the technology of the present disclosure it is possible to provide a high-definition endoscope 11100.
- an imaging device has been described as an example, but the light detection device of the present disclosure may be, for example, a device that receives incident light and converts the light into an electric charge.
- the output signal may be a signal of image information or a signal of distance measurement information.
- the light detection device (imaging device) may be applied to an image sensor, a distance measurement sensor, and the like. Note that the present disclosure is not limited to back-illuminated image sensors, but may also be applied to front-illuminated image sensors.
- the optical detection device disclosed herein may also be applied as a distance measurement sensor capable of measuring distance using the Time Of Flight (TOF) method.
- the optical detection device (imaging device) may also be applied as a sensor capable of detecting events, for example, an event-driven sensor (called an Event Vision Sensor (EVS), Event Driven Sensor (EDS), Dynamic Vision Sensor (DVS), etc.).
- EVS Event Vision Sensor
- EDS Event Driven Sensor
- DVS Dynamic Vision Sensor
- the photodetector of one embodiment of the present disclosure includes a semiconductor layer, a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer, and a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent pixels.
- the first pixel includes a transistor provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region.
- the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor.
- the transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a portion of the semiconductor layer. Therefore, the photodetector can have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization of pixels. It is possible to realize a photodetector that is advantageous for miniaturization.
- the photodetector of one embodiment of the present disclosure includes a semiconductor layer, a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer, and a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent pixels.
- the first pixel includes a transistor having a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region.
- the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor.
- At least a portion of the gate electrode of the transistor is provided within the semiconductor layer.
- the photodetector can have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization of pixels.
- the gate area of the transistor can be increased, making it possible to improve the characteristics of the transistor. It is possible to realize a photodetector that is advantageous for miniaturization.
- a semiconductor layer A plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer; a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels; the first pixel includes a transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region; the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor; the transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
- the transistor has a second semiconductor region of a second conductivity type provided in the semiconductor layer; the second semiconductor region is a source region or a drain region, The photodetector according to any one of (1) to (5), wherein the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the second semiconductor region.
- the transistor has a third semiconductor region of the second conductivity type provided in the semiconductor layer; the second semiconductor region is one of the source region and the drain region, the third semiconductor region is the other of the source region and the drain region, The photodetector according to (6), wherein the second semiconductor region is smaller than the third semiconductor region.
- the first semiconductor region is a p-type semiconductor region
- the transistor has a gate electrode and a gate insulating film provided on the first region of the semiconductor layer;
- a first well of the first conductivity type provided in the semiconductor layer; the first semiconductor region is provided in the first well;
- the first pixel is Floating diffusion and and a transfer transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer and capable of transferring charges converted by the photoelectric conversion element to the floating diffusion.
- the gate electrode of the transistor has a plurality of first portions provided in the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer; The photodetector according to (12), wherein a bottom of the first portion is located above a bottom of the gate electrode of the transfer transistor.
- the plurality of pixels includes a second pixel adjacent to the first pixel, The photodetector according to any one of (1) to (18), wherein the first pixel and the second pixel each have the photoelectric conversion element, a floating diffusion, the transistor, and the first semiconductor region.
- a fourth semiconductor region electrically connecting the floating diffusion of the first pixel and the floating diffusion of the second pixel;
- the photodetector according to any one of (1) to (21), wherein the transistor is an amplification transistor, a selection transistor, a reset transistor, a switching transistor, or a dummy transistor.
- the semiconductor layer further includes a lens provided on a second surface side opposite to the first surface, The photodetector according to any one of (1) to (22), wherein the photoelectric conversion element photoelectrically converts light transmitted through the lens.
- a semiconductor layer a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a first photoelectric conversion element and a second photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer; a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels; the first pixel includes a first transistor and a second transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region; the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the first transistor and the second transistor; the first transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
- a separation portion provided around the plurality of first portions in the semiconductor layer;
- the first pixel is a first isolation portion provided between the first transistor and the second transistor; a first floating diffusion and a second floating diffusion;
- An optical system a light detection device that receives light transmitted through the optical system;
- the light detection device includes: A semiconductor layer; a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a first photoelectric conversion element and a second photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer; a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels;
- the first pixel includes a first transistor and a second transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region;
- the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the first transistor and the second transistor;
- the first transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer therebetween.
- a semiconductor layer A plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer; a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels; the first pixel includes a transistor having a gate electrode provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region; the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor; At least a portion of the gate electrode of the transistor is provided within the semiconductor layer.
- a semiconductor layer including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer; a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels; the first pixel includes a transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region; the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor;
- the transistor has a trench gate electrode.
- a semiconductor layer A plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer; a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels; the first pixel includes a transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region; the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor;
- the transistor has a gate electrode including a plurality of first portions disposed in the semiconductor layer.
- a separation portion provided around the plurality of first portions in the semiconductor layer; The photodetector according to any one of (34) to (35), wherein a bottom of the first portion is located above a bottom of the separation portion.
Landscapes
- Solid State Image Pick-Up Elements (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本開示は、光検出装置および電子機器に関する。 This disclosure relates to a light detection device and electronic equipment.
光電変換素子、伝送トランジスタ、リセットトランジスタ、選択トランジスタ、及びドライブトランジスタをそれぞれ含む複数の単位ピクセルを有するイメージセンサが提案されている(特許文献1)。 An image sensor has been proposed that has multiple unit pixels, each of which includes a photoelectric conversion element, a transmission transistor, a reset transistor, a selection transistor, and a drive transistor (Patent Document 1).
光を検出する装置では、微細化に対応可能であることが望ましい。 It is desirable for light detection devices to be able to accommodate miniaturization.
微細化に有利な光検出装置を提供することが望まれる。 It is desirable to provide a photodetector that is advantageous for miniaturization.
本開示の一実施形態の光検出装置は、半導体層と、半導体層に設けられる光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、半導体層において、隣り合う複数の画素の間に設けられるトレンチとを備える。第1画素は、半導体層の第1面側に設けられるトランジスタと、半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含む。第1半導体領域は、トランジスタに隣接するように設けられる。トランジスタは、半導体層の第1面側において半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極を有する。
本開示の一実施形態の光検出装置は、半導体層と、半導体層に設けられる第1光電変換素子及び第2光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、半導体層において、隣り合う複数の画素の間に設けられるトレンチとを備える。第1画素は、半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1トランジスタ及び第2トランジスタと、半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含む。第1半導体領域は、第1トランジスタと第2トランジスタに隣接するように設けられる。第1トランジスタは、半導体層の第1面側において半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極を有する。
本開示の一実施形態の電子機器は、光学系と、光学系を透過した光を受光する光検出装置とを備える。光検出装置は、半導体層と、半導体層に設けられる光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、半導体層において、隣り合う複数の画素の間に設けられるトレンチとを有する。第1画素は、半導体層の第1面側に設けられるトランジスタと、半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含む。第1半導体領域は、トランジスタに隣接するように設けられる。トランジスタは、半導体層の第1面側において半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極を有する。
本開示の一実施形態の電子機器は、光学系と、光学系を透過した光を受光する光検出装置とを備える。光検出装置は、半導体層と、半導体層に設けられる第1光電変換素子及び第2光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、半導体層において、隣り合う複数の画素の間に設けられるトレンチとを有する。第1画素は、半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1トランジスタ及び第2トランジスタと、半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含む。第1半導体領域は、第1トランジスタと第2トランジスタに隣接するように設けられる。第1トランジスタは、半導体層の第1面側において半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極を有する。
A photodetector according to an embodiment of the present disclosure includes a semiconductor layer, a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer, and a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent pixels. The first pixel includes a transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region. The first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor. The transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a portion of the semiconductor layer.
A photodetector according to an embodiment of the present disclosure includes a semiconductor layer, a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a first photoelectric conversion element and a second photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer, and a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between the plurality of adjacent pixels. The first pixel includes a first transistor and a second transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region. The first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the first transistor and the second transistor. The first transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
An electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure includes an optical system and a photodetector that receives light transmitted through the optical system. The photodetector includes a semiconductor layer, a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer, and a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between the plurality of adjacent pixels. The first pixel includes a transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region. The first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor. The transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
An electronic device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure includes an optical system and a photodetector that receives light transmitted through the optical system. The photodetector includes a semiconductor layer, a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a first photoelectric conversion element and a second photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer, and a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between the plurality of adjacent pixels. The first pixel includes a first transistor and a second transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region. The first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the first transistor and the second transistor. The first transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
以下、本開示の実施の形態について、図面を参照して詳細に説明する。なお、説明は以下の順序で行う。
1.第1の実施の形態
2.第2の実施の形態
3.第3の実施の形態
4.適用例
5.応用例
Hereinafter, embodiments of the present disclosure will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. The description will be made in the following order.
1. First embodiment 2. Second embodiment 3. Third embodiment 4. Application example 5. Application example
<1.第1の実施の形態>
図1は、本開示の第1の実施の形態に係る光検出装置の一例である撮像装置の概略構成の一例を示すブロック図である。光検出装置は、入射する光を検出可能な装置である。光検出装置である撮像装置1は、光電変換部(光電変換素子)を有する複数の画素Pを有し、入射した光を光電変換して信号を生成するように構成される。撮像装置1は、光学レンズを含む光学系(不図示)を透過した光を受光して信号を生成し得る。
1. First embodiment
1 is a block diagram showing an example of a schematic configuration of an imaging device which is an example of a light detection device according to a first embodiment of the present disclosure. The light detection device is a device capable of detecting incident light. The imaging device 1 which is a light detection device has a plurality of pixels P having a photoelectric conversion unit (photoelectric conversion element) and is configured to perform photoelectric conversion of incident light to generate a signal. The imaging device 1 can receive light transmitted through an optical system (not shown) including an optical lens to generate a signal.
撮像装置1は、例えば、複数の画素Pが設けられた半導体基板(例えばシリコン基板)を用いて構成される。撮像装置1の各画素Pの光電変換部は、例えばフォトダイオード(PD)であり、光を光電変換可能に構成される。撮像装置1は、複数の画素Pが行列状に2次元配置された領域(画素部100)を、撮像エリアとして有する。撮像装置1の画素部100は、複数の画素Pが配置される画素アレイともいえる。各画素Pの光電変換部は、光電変換領域ともいえる。 The imaging device 1 is configured, for example, using a semiconductor substrate (e.g., a silicon substrate) on which a plurality of pixels P are provided. The photoelectric conversion unit of each pixel P of the imaging device 1 is, for example, a photodiode (PD) and is configured to be capable of photoelectrically converting light. The imaging device 1 has an area (pixel section 100) in which a plurality of pixels P are arranged two-dimensionally in a matrix form as an imaging area. The pixel section 100 of the imaging device 1 can also be considered a pixel array in which a plurality of pixels P are arranged. The photoelectric conversion unit of each pixel P can also be considered a photoelectric conversion area.
撮像装置1は、光学レンズを含む光学系を介して、計測対象である被写体からの入射光(像光)を取り込む。撮像装置1は、光学レンズにより形成される被写体の像を撮像する。撮像装置1は、受光した光(例えば可視光、赤外光等)を光電変換して画素信号を生成し得る。光検出装置である撮像装置1は、入射した光を受光して信号を生成可能な装置であり、受光装置ともいえる。 The imaging device 1 captures incident light (image light) from a subject to be measured via an optical system including an optical lens. The imaging device 1 captures an image of the subject formed by the optical lens. The imaging device 1 can generate pixel signals by photoelectrically converting the received light (e.g. visible light, infrared light, etc.). The imaging device 1, which is a light detection device, is a device that can receive incident light and generate a signal, and can also be called a light receiving device.
撮像装置1(光検出装置)は、一例として、イメージセンサとして構成され得る。撮像装置1は、例えば、CMOS(Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor)イメージセンサである。撮像装置1は、デジタルスチルカメラ、ビデオカメラ、携帯電話等、各種の電子機器に利用可能である。 The imaging device 1 (light detection device) can be configured as an image sensor, for example. The imaging device 1 is, for example, a CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor) image sensor. The imaging device 1 can be used in various electronic devices, such as digital still cameras, video cameras, and mobile phones.
撮像装置1は、一例として、図1に示す例のように、画素部100と、画素駆動部111と、信号処理部112と、制御部113と、処理部114を有する。また、撮像装置1には、例えば、複数の制御線L1と、複数の信号線L2が設けられる。 1, the imaging device 1 includes a pixel section 100, a pixel driving section 111, a signal processing section 112, a control section 113, and a processing section 114. The imaging device 1 is also provided with, for example, a plurality of control lines L1 and a plurality of signal lines L2.
制御線L1は、画素Pを制御する信号を伝えることが可能な信号線であり、画素駆動部111と画素部100の画素Pとに接続される。図1に示す例では、画素部100では、水平方向(行方向)に並ぶ複数の画素Pにより構成される画素行ごとに、複数の制御線L1が配線される。制御線L1は、画素Pからの信号読み出しのための制御信号を伝送するように構成される。 The control line L1 is a signal line capable of transmitting a signal that controls the pixel P, and is connected to the pixel drive unit 111 and the pixel P of the pixel unit 100. In the example shown in FIG. 1, in the pixel unit 100, a plurality of control lines L1 are wired for each pixel row made up of a plurality of pixels P arranged in the horizontal direction (row direction). The control line L1 is configured to transmit a control signal for reading out a signal from the pixel P.
撮像装置1の画素行ごとの複数の制御線L1には、一例として、転送トランジスタを制御する信号を伝送する配線、選択トランジスタを制御する信号を伝送する配線、リセットトランジスタを制御する信号を伝送する配線等が含まれる。制御線L1は、画素Pを駆動する信号を伝送する駆動線(画素駆動線)ともいえる。 The multiple control lines L1 for each pixel row of the imaging device 1 include, for example, wiring that transmits a signal that controls a transfer transistor, wiring that transmits a signal that controls a selection transistor, wiring that transmits a signal that controls a reset transistor, etc. The control lines L1 can also be considered drive lines (pixel drive lines) that transmit signals that drive the pixels P.
信号線L2は、画素Pからの信号を伝えることが可能な信号線であり、画素部100の画素Pと信号処理部112とに接続される。画素部100には、例えば、垂直方向(列方向)に並ぶ複数の画素Pにより構成される画素列ごとに、信号線L2が配線される。信号線L2は、垂直信号線であり、画素Pから出力される信号を伝送するように構成される。 The signal line L2 is a signal line capable of transmitting a signal from the pixel P, and is connected to the pixel P of the pixel unit 100 and the signal processing unit 112. In the pixel unit 100, for example, the signal line L2 is wired for each pixel column made up of a plurality of pixels P aligned in the vertical direction (column direction). The signal line L2 is a vertical signal line, and is configured to transmit a signal output from the pixel P.
画素駆動部111は、画素部100の各画素Pを駆動可能に構成される。画素駆動部111は、駆動回路であり、例えば、バッファ、シフトレジスタ、アドレスデコーダ等を含む複数の回路によって構成される。画素駆動部111は、画素Pを駆動するための信号を生成し、制御線L1を介して画素部100の各画素Pへ出力する。画素駆動部111は、制御部113により制御され、画素部100の画素Pの制御を行う。 The pixel driving unit 111 is configured to be able to drive each pixel P of the pixel unit 100. The pixel driving unit 111 is a driving circuit and is configured with multiple circuits including, for example, a buffer, a shift register, an address decoder, etc. The pixel driving unit 111 generates a signal for driving the pixel P and outputs it to each pixel P of the pixel unit 100 via a control line L1. The pixel driving unit 111 is controlled by the control unit 113, and controls the pixels P of the pixel unit 100.
画素駆動部111は、例えば、画素Pの転送トランジスタを制御する信号、選択トランジスタを制御する信号、及びリセットトランジスタを制御する信号など、画素Pを制御するための信号を生成し、制御線L1によって各画素Pに供給する。画素駆動部111は、各画素Pから画素信号を読み出す制御を行い得る。画素駆動部111は、各画素Pを制御可能に構成された画素制御部ともいえる。なお、画素駆動部111と制御部113とを併せて、画素制御部ということもできる。 The pixel driving unit 111 generates signals for controlling the pixel P, such as a signal for controlling the transfer transistor of the pixel P, a signal for controlling the selection transistor, and a signal for controlling the reset transistor, and supplies these to each pixel P via a control line L1. The pixel driving unit 111 can control the reading of pixel signals from each pixel P. The pixel driving unit 111 can also be referred to as a pixel control unit configured to be able to control each pixel P. The pixel driving unit 111 and the control unit 113 can also be referred to collectively as a pixel control unit.
信号処理部112は、入力される画素の信号の信号処理を実行可能に構成される。信号処理部112は、信号処理回路であり、例えば、負荷回路、AD(Analog Digital)変換回路、水平選択スイッチ等を有する。負荷回路は、一例として、画素Pの増幅トランジスタに電流を供給可能な電流源により構成される。負荷回路は、例えば、画素Pの増幅トランジスタと共にソースフォロア回路を構成する。 The signal processing unit 112 is configured to be able to perform signal processing of the input pixel signal. The signal processing unit 112 is a signal processing circuit, and has, for example, a load circuit, an AD (Analog Digital) conversion circuit, a horizontal selection switch, etc. As an example, the load circuit is configured by a current source capable of supplying current to the amplification transistor of the pixel P. The load circuit, together with the amplification transistor of the pixel P, forms, for example, a source follower circuit.
信号処理部112は、信号線L2を介して画素Pから読み出される信号を増幅するように構成された増幅回路を有していてもよい。負荷回路、増幅回路、及びAD変換回路等は、例えば、複数の信号線L2の各々に対して設けられる。画素部100の画素列ごとに、負荷回路、増幅回路、及びAD変換回路等が設けられ得る。 The signal processing unit 112 may have an amplifier circuit configured to amplify a signal read from the pixel P via the signal line L2. A load circuit, an amplifier circuit, an AD conversion circuit, etc. are provided for each of the multiple signal lines L2, for example. A load circuit, an amplifier circuit, an AD conversion circuit, etc. may be provided for each pixel column of the pixel unit 100.
画素駆動部111によって選択走査された各画素Pから出力される信号は、信号線L2を介して信号処理部112に入力される。信号処理部112は、例えば、画素Pの信号のAD変換、CDS(Correlated Double Sampling:相関二重サンプリング)等の信号処理を行い得る。信号線L2の各々を通して伝送される各画素Pの信号は、信号処理部112により信号処理が施され、処理部114に出力される。 The signal output from each pixel P selected and scanned by the pixel driving unit 111 is input to the signal processing unit 112 via the signal line L2. The signal processing unit 112 can perform signal processing such as AD conversion of the pixel P signal and CDS (Correlated Double Sampling). The signal of each pixel P transmitted through each of the signal lines L2 is subjected to signal processing by the signal processing unit 112 and output to the processing unit 114.
処理部114は、入力される信号に対して信号処理を実行可能に構成される。処理部114は、信号処理回路であり、例えば、画素信号に対して各種の信号処理を施す回路により構成される。処理部114は、プロセッサ及びメモリを含んでいてもよい。処理部114は、信号処理部112から入力される画素の信号に対して信号処理を行い、処理後の画素の信号を出力する。処理部114は、例えば、ノイズ低減処理、階調補正処理等の各種の信号処理を行い得る。 The processing unit 114 is configured to be able to perform signal processing on the input signal. The processing unit 114 is a signal processing circuit, and is configured, for example, by a circuit that performs various types of signal processing on pixel signals. The processing unit 114 may include a processor and a memory. The processing unit 114 performs signal processing on pixel signals input from the signal processing unit 112, and outputs the processed pixel signals. The processing unit 114 can perform various types of signal processing, for example, noise reduction processing, tone correction processing, etc.
制御部113は、撮像装置1の各部を制御可能に構成される。制御部113は、外部から与えられるクロック、動作モードを指令するデータ等を受け取り、また、撮像装置1の内部情報等のデータを出力し得る。制御部113は、制御回路であり、例えば、各種のタイミング信号を生成可能に構成されたタイミングジェネレータを有する。 The control unit 113 is configured to be able to control each unit of the imaging device 1. The control unit 113 receives an externally provided clock, data instructing the operation mode, and the like, and can also output data such as internal information of the imaging device 1. The control unit 113 is a control circuit, and has, for example, a timing generator configured to be able to generate various timing signals.
制御部113は、タイミングジェネレータで生成された各種のタイミング信号(パルス信号、クロック信号等)に基づき、画素駆動部111及び信号処理部112等の駆動制御を行う。なお、制御部113及び処理部114は、一体的に構成されていてもよい。 The control unit 113 controls the driving of the pixel driving unit 111 and the signal processing unit 112 based on various timing signals (pulse signals, clock signals, etc.) generated by the timing generator. Note that the control unit 113 and the processing unit 114 may be configured as an integrated unit.
画素駆動部111、信号処理部112、制御部113、処理部114等は、1つの半導体基板に設けられていてもよいし、複数の半導体基板に分けて設けられていてもよい。撮像装置1は、複数の基板を積層して構成された構造(積層構造)を有していてもよい。信号処理部112、制御部113、及び処理部114の一部又は全部は、一体的に構成されていてもよい。 The pixel driving unit 111, the signal processing unit 112, the control unit 113, the processing unit 114, etc. may be provided on one semiconductor substrate, or may be provided separately on multiple semiconductor substrates. The imaging device 1 may have a structure (a stacked structure) formed by stacking multiple substrates. Some or all of the signal processing unit 112, the control unit 113, and the processing unit 114 may be configured integrally.
図2は、第1の実施の形態に係る撮像装置の画素の配置例を示す図である。撮像装置1の画素Pは、光電変換部12と、レンズ21と、フィルタ22とを有する。なお、図2に示すように、被写体からの光の入射方向をZ軸方向、Z軸方向に直交する紙面左右方向をX軸方向、Z軸方向及びX軸方向に直交する紙面上下方向をY軸方向とする。以降の図において、図2の矢印の方向を基準として方向を表記する場合もある。 FIG. 2 is a diagram showing an example of pixel arrangement in an imaging device according to a first embodiment. A pixel P of the imaging device 1 has a photoelectric conversion unit 12, a lens 21, and a filter 22. As shown in FIG. 2, the incident direction of light from a subject is the Z-axis direction, the left-right direction on the paper perpendicular to the Z-axis direction is the X-axis direction, and the up-down direction on the paper perpendicular to the Z-axis and X-axis directions is the Y-axis direction. In the following figures, directions may be indicated based on the directions of the arrows in FIG. 2.
撮像装置1では、例えば、撮像レンズ等の光学系からの光が入射する側に、レンズ21及びフィルタ22が設けられ得る(後述する図9も参照)。レンズ21(レンズ部)は、光を集光するレンズであり、オンチップレンズとも呼ばれる光学部材である。レンズ21は、例えば、画素P毎または複数の画素P毎に、光電変換部12の上方に設けられる。 In the imaging device 1, for example, a lens 21 and a filter 22 may be provided on the side where light is incident from an optical system such as an imaging lens (see also FIG. 9 described later). The lens 21 (lens unit) is a lens that collects light, and is an optical member also known as an on-chip lens. The lens 21 is provided above the photoelectric conversion unit 12, for example, for each pixel P or for each set of pixels P.
レンズ21には、撮像レンズ等の光学系を介して、計測対象である被写体からの光が入射する。レンズ21は、入射する光を画素Pの光電変換部12側へ導く。画素Pの光電変換部12は、レンズ21及びフィルタ22を介して入射する光を光電変換する。 Light from the subject to be measured enters the lens 21 via an optical system such as an imaging lens. The lens 21 guides the incident light to the photoelectric conversion unit 12 of the pixel P. The photoelectric conversion unit 12 of the pixel P photoelectrically converts the light incident via the lens 21 and the filter 22.
フィルタ22は、入射する光のうちの特定の波長域の光を選択的に透過させるように構成される。フィルタ22は、例えば、RGBのカラーフィルタ、赤外光を透過するフィルタ等である。フィルタ22は、例えば、画素P毎または複数の画素P毎に、光電変換部12の上方に設けられる。 The filter 22 is configured to selectively transmit light of a specific wavelength range from among the incident light. The filter 22 is, for example, an RGB color filter, a filter that transmits infrared light, etc. The filter 22 is provided above the photoelectric conversion unit 12, for example, for each pixel P or for each set of multiple pixels P.
撮像装置1の画素部100に設けられた複数の画素Pには、一例として、赤(R)の光を透過するフィルタ22が設けられた画素(R画素)と、緑(G)の光を透過するフィルタ22が設けられた画素(G画素)と、青(B)の光を透過するフィルタ22が設けられた画素(B画素)が含まれる。画素部100では、複数のR画素、複数のG画素、及び複数のB画素が繰り返し配置される。 The multiple pixels P provided in the pixel section 100 of the imaging device 1 include, as an example, a pixel (R pixel) provided with a filter 22 that transmits red (R) light, a pixel (G pixel) provided with a filter 22 that transmits green (G) light, and a pixel (B pixel) provided with a filter 22 that transmits blue (B) light. In the pixel section 100, multiple R pixels, multiple G pixels, and multiple B pixels are repeatedly arranged.
R画素、G画素、及びB画素は、例えば、ベイヤー配列に従って配置される。R画素、G画素、及びB画素は、それぞれ、R成分の画素信号、G成分の画素信号、及びB成分の画素信号を生成し得る。撮像装置1は、RGBの画素信号を得ることができる。なお、画素の配置は、上述した例に限られず、任意に設定可能である。 The R, G, and B pixels are arranged, for example, according to a Bayer array. The R, G, and B pixels can generate R component pixel signals, G component pixel signals, and B component pixel signals, respectively. The imaging device 1 can obtain RGB pixel signals. Note that the pixel arrangement is not limited to the above example, and can be set arbitrarily.
一例として、R画素、G画素、及びB画素は、それぞれ、2×2画素単位で配置され得る。例えば、画素部100では、隣り合う4つのR画素と、隣り合う4つのG画素と、隣り合う4つのB画素とが繰り返し配置される。R画素、G画素、及びB画素が、それぞれ、2行×2列で周期的に配置されるともいえる。 As an example, the R pixels, G pixels, and B pixels can each be arranged in 2 x 2 pixel units. For example, in the pixel section 100, four adjacent R pixels, four adjacent G pixels, and four adjacent B pixels are arranged repeatedly. It can also be said that the R pixels, G pixels, and B pixels are each arranged periodically in 2 rows and 2 columns.
画素部100の画素Pに設けられるフィルタ22は、原色系(RGB)のカラーフィルタに限定されず、例えばCy(シアン)、Mg(マゼンタ)、Ye(イエロー)等の補色系のカラーフィルタであってもよい。W(ホワイト)に対応したフィルタ、即ち入射光の全波長域の光を透過させるフィルタを配置するようにしてもよい。フィルタ22は、赤外光を透過するフィルタであってもよい。 The filter 22 provided in the pixel P of the pixel unit 100 is not limited to a primary color (RGB) color filter, but may be a complementary color filter such as Cy (cyan), Mg (magenta), or Ye (yellow). A filter corresponding to W (white), that is, a filter that transmits light of all wavelengths of incident light, may also be disposed. The filter 22 may be a filter that transmits infrared light.
なお、撮像装置1では、必要に応じて、フィルタ22を省略してもよい。撮像装置1の一部又は全部の画素Pに、フィルタ22を設けないようにしてもよい。例えば、白(W)の光を受光して光電変換を行う画素Pでは、フィルタ22を設けなくてよい。 In addition, in the imaging device 1, the filter 22 may be omitted as necessary. The filter 22 may not be provided in some or all of the pixels P of the imaging device 1. For example, the filter 22 may not be provided in the pixels P that receive white (W) light and perform photoelectric conversion.
図3は、第1の実施の形態に係る撮像装置の画素の回路構成の一例を説明するための図である。撮像装置1の画素Pは、光電変換部12(光電変換素子)と、転送トランジスタTRと、フローティングディフュージョンFDと、読み出し回路20とを有する。光電変換部12は、光を受光して信号を生成するように構成される。光電変換部12は、受光部(受光素子)であり、光電変換により電荷を生成可能に構成される。 FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining an example of the circuit configuration of a pixel of the imaging device according to the first embodiment. A pixel P of the imaging device 1 has a photoelectric conversion unit 12 (photoelectric conversion element), a transfer transistor TR, a floating diffusion FD, and a readout circuit 20. The photoelectric conversion unit 12 is configured to receive light and generate a signal. The photoelectric conversion unit 12 is a light receiving unit (light receiving element) and is configured to be able to generate an electric charge by photoelectric conversion.
読み出し回路20は、光電変換された電荷に基づく信号を出力可能に構成される。読み出し回路20は、光電変換部12で光電変換された電荷に基づく画素信号を読み出し得る。撮像装置1では、読み出し回路20は、複数の画素Pに対して設けられる。撮像装置1は、複数の画素Pが1つの読み出し回路20を共有する構成を有する。これにより、1つの画素P(又は1つの光電変換部12)あたりの素子数(例えばトランジスタ数)を低減することが可能となる。撮像装置1は、画素の微細化に有利な構造を有することができる。 The readout circuit 20 is configured to be capable of outputting a signal based on the charge photoelectrically converted. The readout circuit 20 can read out a pixel signal based on the charge photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12. In the imaging device 1, the readout circuit 20 is provided for multiple pixels P. The imaging device 1 has a configuration in which multiple pixels P share one readout circuit 20. This makes it possible to reduce the number of elements (e.g., the number of transistors) per pixel P (or per photoelectric conversion unit 12). The imaging device 1 can have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturizing pixels.
図3に示す例では、4つの画素P(画素Pa~画素Pdと称する)毎に、読み出し回路20が配置される。画素Paと画素Pbと画素Pcと画素Pdとが、1つの読み出し回路20を共有する。例えば、隣り合う画素Pa~画素Pdにより構成される2×2画素が、1つの読み出し回路20を共有する。 In the example shown in FIG. 3, a readout circuit 20 is arranged for every four pixels P (referred to as pixels Pa to Pd). Pixels Pa, Pb, Pc, and Pd share one readout circuit 20. For example, 2×2 pixels consisting of adjacent pixels Pa to Pd share one readout circuit 20.
撮像装置1は、読み出し回路20を時分割で動作させることにより、2×2画素の各々の画素信号を読み出し得る。また、撮像装置1は、2×2画素の各々の信号が加算された画素信号を読み出すことも可能である。例えば、撮像装置1は、2×2画素の各々で光電変換された電荷を加算した電荷に応じた画素信号を読み出し得る。 The imaging device 1 can read out the pixel signals of each of the 2 x 2 pixels by operating the readout circuit 20 in a time-division manner. The imaging device 1 can also read out a pixel signal in which the signals of each of the 2 x 2 pixels are added together. For example, the imaging device 1 can read out a pixel signal corresponding to the charge obtained by adding up the charges photoelectrically converted by each of the 2 x 2 pixels.
図3に示す例では、光電変換部12は、フォトダイオード(PD)であり、入射する光を電荷に変換する。光電変換部12(図3では、画素PaのフォトダイオードPD~画素PdのフォトダイオードPD)は、光電変換を行って受光量に応じた電荷を生成し得る。 In the example shown in FIG. 3, the photoelectric conversion unit 12 is a photodiode (PD) that converts incident light into an electric charge. The photoelectric conversion unit 12 (in FIG. 3, the photodiode PD of pixel Pa to the photodiode PD of pixel Pd) can perform photoelectric conversion to generate an electric charge according to the amount of light received.
転送トランジスタTR(図3では、画素Paの転送トランジスタTR~画素Pdの転送トランジスタTR)は、光電変換部12で光電変換された電荷をフローティングディフュージョンFDに転送可能に構成される。転送トランジスタTRは、信号STRにより制御され、光電変換部12とフローティングディフュージョンFDとを電気的に接続または切断する。転送トランジスタTRは、光電変換部12で光電変換されて蓄積された電荷をフローティングディフュージョンFDに転送し得る。 The transfer transistor TR (in FIG. 3, the transfer transistor TR of pixel Pa to the transfer transistor TR of pixel Pd) is configured to be able to transfer the charge photoelectrically converted in the photoelectric conversion unit 12 to the floating diffusion FD. The transfer transistor TR is controlled by a signal STR, and electrically connects or disconnects the photoelectric conversion unit 12 and the floating diffusion FD. The transfer transistor TR can transfer the charge photoelectrically converted and accumulated in the photoelectric conversion unit 12 to the floating diffusion FD.
図3に示す例では、画素Pa~画素Pdの各々の転送トランジスタTRは、互いに異なる信号によってオンオフ制御される。画素Paの転送トランジスタTRは、信号STR1によって制御され、画素Pbの転送トランジスタTRは信号STR2によって制御される。また、画素Pcの転送トランジスタTRは信号STR3によって制御され、画素Pdの転送トランジスタTRは信号STR4によって制御される。 In the example shown in FIG. 3, the transfer transistors TR of pixels Pa to Pd are turned on and off by different signals. The transfer transistor TR of pixel Pa is controlled by signal STR1, and the transfer transistor TR of pixel Pb is controlled by signal STR2. The transfer transistor TR of pixel Pc is controlled by signal STR3, and the transfer transistor TR of pixel Pd is controlled by signal STR4.
フローティングディフュージョンFDは、蓄積部であり、転送された電荷を蓄積可能に構成される。フローティングディフュージョンFDは、光電変換部12で光電変換された電荷を蓄積し得る。フローティングディフュージョンFDは、転送された電荷を保持可能な保持部ともいえる。フローティングディフュージョンFDは、転送された電荷を蓄積し、フローティングディフュージョンFDの容量に応じた電圧に変換する。 The floating diffusion FD is an accumulation section and is configured to be able to accumulate the transferred charge. The floating diffusion FD can accumulate the charge photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion section 12. The floating diffusion FD can also be said to be a retention section capable of retaining the transferred charge. The floating diffusion FD accumulates the transferred charge and converts it into a voltage according to the capacity of the floating diffusion FD.
読み出し回路20は、一例として、図3に示すように、増幅トランジスタAMPと、選択トランジスタSELと、リセットトランジスタRSTとを有する。増幅トランジスタAMPは、フローティングディフュージョンFDに蓄積された電荷に基づく信号を生成して出力するように構成される。増幅トランジスタAMPは、光電変換部12で変換された電荷に基づく信号を生成して出力し得る。 As an example, the readout circuit 20 has an amplification transistor AMP, a selection transistor SEL, and a reset transistor RST, as shown in FIG. 3. The amplification transistor AMP is configured to generate and output a signal based on the charge accumulated in the floating diffusion FD. The amplification transistor AMP can generate and output a signal based on the charge converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12.
図3に示すように、増幅トランジスタAMPのゲートは、各画素PのフローティングディフュージョンFDと電気的に接続され、フローティングディフュージョンFDで変換された電圧が入力される。増幅トランジスタAMPのドレインは、電源電圧VDDが供給される電源線に接続される。 As shown in FIG. 3, the gate of the amplifier transistor AMP is electrically connected to the floating diffusion FD of each pixel P, and the voltage converted by the floating diffusion FD is input. The drain of the amplifier transistor AMP is connected to a power supply line through which the power supply voltage VDD is supplied.
増幅トランジスタAMPのソースは、選択トランジスタSELを介して信号線L2に接続される。増幅トランジスタAMPは、フローティングディフュージョンFDに蓄積された電荷に基づく信号、即ちフローティングディフュージョンFDの電圧に基づく信号を生成し、信号線L2へ出力するように構成される。 The source of the amplification transistor AMP is connected to the signal line L2 via the selection transistor SEL. The amplification transistor AMP is configured to generate a signal based on the charge stored in the floating diffusion FD, i.e., a signal based on the voltage of the floating diffusion FD, and output it to the signal line L2.
選択トランジスタSELは、画素の信号の出力を制御可能に構成される。選択トランジスタSELは、例えば、図3に示す例のように、増幅トランジスタAMPに直列に電気的に接続される。選択トランジスタSELは、信号SSELにより制御され、増幅トランジスタAMPからの信号を信号線L2に出力可能に構成される。選択トランジスタSELは、画素の信号の出力タイミングを制御し得る。 The selection transistor SEL is configured to be capable of controlling the output of a pixel signal. For example, as shown in the example of FIG. 3, the selection transistor SEL is electrically connected in series to the amplification transistor AMP. The selection transistor SEL is controlled by a signal SSEL, and is configured to be capable of outputting a signal from the amplification transistor AMP to a signal line L2. The selection transistor SEL can control the output timing of the pixel signal.
選択トランジスタSELは、光電変換部12で変換された電荷に基づく信号を出力可能に構成される。選択トランジスタSELは、画素Pの画素信号を信号線L2へ出力し得る。なお、選択トランジスタSELは、電源電圧VDDが与えられる電源線と増幅トランジスタAMPとの間に電気的に接続されていてもよい。また、必要に応じて、選択トランジスタSELを省略してもよい。 The selection transistor SEL is configured to be capable of outputting a signal based on the charge converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12. The selection transistor SEL can output a pixel signal of the pixel P to a signal line L2. The selection transistor SEL may be electrically connected between a power supply line to which a power supply voltage VDD is applied and the amplification transistor AMP. Furthermore, the selection transistor SEL may be omitted as necessary.
リセットトランジスタRSTは、フローティングディフュージョンFDの電圧をリセット可能に構成される。図3に示す例では、リセットトランジスタRSTは、電源電圧VDDが与えられる電源線と電気的に接続され、画素Pの電荷のリセットを行うように構成される。 The reset transistor RST is configured to be able to reset the voltage of the floating diffusion FD. In the example shown in FIG. 3, the reset transistor RST is electrically connected to a power supply line to which a power supply voltage VDD is applied, and is configured to reset the charge of the pixel P.
リセットトランジスタRSTは、信号SRSTにより制御され、フローティングディフュージョンFDに蓄積された電荷をリセットし、フローティングディフュージョンFDの電圧をリセットし得る。図3に示す例では、リセットトランジスタRSTは、電源線とフローティングディフュージョンFDとを電気的に接続し、フローティングディフュージョンFDに蓄積された電荷を排出し得る。なお、リセットトランジスタRSTは、転送トランジスタTRを介して、光電変換部12に蓄積された電荷を排出し得る。 The reset transistor RST is controlled by a signal SRST, and can reset the charge accumulated in the floating diffusion FD and reset the voltage of the floating diffusion FD. In the example shown in FIG. 3, the reset transistor RST electrically connects the power supply line and the floating diffusion FD, and can discharge the charge accumulated in the floating diffusion FD. The reset transistor RST can also discharge the charge accumulated in the photoelectric conversion unit 12 via the transfer transistor TR.
図4Aは、第1の実施の形態に係る撮像装置の画素の回路構成の別の例を説明するための図である。読み出し回路20は、図4Aに示す例のように、トランジスタFDGを有していてもよい。トランジスタFDGは、一例として、フローティングディフュージョンFDと、リセットトランジスタRSTとを電気的に接続可能に構成される。例えば、トランジスタFDGは、信号SFDGにより制御され、フローティングディフュージョンFDとリセットトランジスタRSTとを電気的に接続または切断する。 FIG. 4A is a diagram for explaining another example of the circuit configuration of a pixel of the imaging device according to the first embodiment. The readout circuit 20 may have a transistor FDG, as in the example shown in FIG. 4A. As an example, the transistor FDG is configured to be able to electrically connect the floating diffusion FD and the reset transistor RST. For example, the transistor FDG is controlled by a signal SFDG to electrically connect or disconnect the floating diffusion FD and the reset transistor RST.
トランジスタFDGがオン状態となることで、画素PのフローティングディフュージョンFDに付加される容量が大きくなり、電荷を電圧に変換する際の変換効率(ゲイン)が切り替えられる。トランジスタFDGは、変換効率の設定に用いる切り替えトランジスタである。トランジスタFDGは、増幅トランジスタAMPのゲートに接続される容量を切り替え、変換効率を変更し得る。 When the transistor FDG is turned on, the capacitance added to the floating diffusion FD of the pixel P increases, and the conversion efficiency (gain) when converting charge to voltage is switched. The transistor FDG is a switching transistor used to set the conversion efficiency. The transistor FDG can change the conversion efficiency by switching the capacitance connected to the gate of the amplification transistor AMP.
トランジスタFDGは、リセットトランジスタRSTに電気的に直列に接続されていてもよく、リセットトランジスタRSTに電気的に並列に接続されていてもよい。トランジスタFDGは、図4Bに示す例のように、フローティングディフュージョンFDと、容量素子C1とを電気的に接続可能に構成されていてもよい。例えば、トランジスタFDGは、信号SFDGにより制御され、フローティングディフュージョンFDと容量素子C1とを電気的に接続または切断する。容量素子C1の接続状態を切り替えることで、変換効率を変更することが可能となる。 The transistor FDG may be electrically connected in series to the reset transistor RST, or may be electrically connected in parallel to the reset transistor RST. The transistor FDG may be configured to be able to electrically connect the floating diffusion FD and the capacitive element C1, as in the example shown in FIG. 4B. For example, the transistor FDG is controlled by a signal SFDG to electrically connect or disconnect the floating diffusion FD and the capacitive element C1. By switching the connection state of the capacitive element C1, it is possible to change the conversion efficiency.
上述した転送トランジスタTRと、増幅トランジスタAMPと、選択トランジスタSELと、トランジスタFDG(切り替えトランジスタ)と、リセットトランジスタRSTは、それぞれ、ゲート、ソース、ドレインの端子を有するMOSトランジスタ(MOSFET)である。 The transfer transistor TR, the amplification transistor AMP, the selection transistor SEL, the transistor FDG (switching transistor), and the reset transistor RST described above are each a MOS transistor (MOSFET) having a gate, a source, and a drain terminal.
図3及び図4A,図4Bに示す例では、転送トランジスタTR、増幅トランジスタAMP、選択トランジスタSEL、トランジスタFDG、及びリセットトランジスタRSTは、それぞれNMOSトランジスタにより構成される。なお、画素Pのトランジスタは、PMOSトランジスタにより構成されてもよい。画素Pのトランジスタは、後述するが、3Dトランジスタ、例えばFin型トランジスタ(Fin FET)として構成され得る。 In the examples shown in Figures 3, 4A, and 4B, the transfer transistor TR, the amplification transistor AMP, the selection transistor SEL, the transistor FDG, and the reset transistor RST are each configured as an NMOS transistor. The transistor of the pixel P may be configured as a PMOS transistor. As will be described later, the transistor of the pixel P may be configured as a 3D transistor, for example, a FinFET.
撮像装置1は、5つ以上の画素P、例えば8つの画素Pが1つの読み出し回路20を共有する構成を有していてもよい。例えば、撮像装置1では、8つの画素P毎に読み出し回路20が配置され、2×4画素が1つの読み出し回路20を共有する。 The imaging device 1 may have a configuration in which five or more pixels P, for example, eight pixels P, share one readout circuit 20. For example, in the imaging device 1, a readout circuit 20 is arranged for every eight pixels P, and 2 × 4 pixels share one readout circuit 20.
撮像装置1の画素駆動部111(図1参照)は、上述した制御線L1を介して、各画素Pの転送トランジスタTR、選択トランジスタSEL、トランジスタFDG、リセットトランジスタRST等のゲートに制御信号を供給し、トランジスタをオン状態(導通状態)又はオフ状態(非導通状態)とする。 The pixel driving unit 111 (see FIG. 1) of the imaging device 1 supplies control signals to the gates of the transfer transistor TR, selection transistor SEL, transistor FDG, reset transistor RST, etc. of each pixel P via the control line L1 described above, turning the transistors on (conducting state) or off (non-conducting state).
撮像装置1の画素行ごとの複数の制御線L1には、一例として、転送トランジスタTRを制御する信号STRを伝送する配線、選択トランジスタSELを制御する信号SSELを伝送する配線、トランジスタFDGを制御する信号SFDGを伝送する配線、リセットトランジスタRSTを制御する信号SRSTを伝送する配線等が含まれる。 The multiple control lines L1 for each pixel row of the imaging device 1 include, for example, wiring that transmits a signal STR that controls the transfer transistor TR, wiring that transmits a signal SSEL that controls the selection transistor SEL, wiring that transmits a signal SFDG that controls the transistor FDG, wiring that transmits a signal SRST that controls the reset transistor RST, etc.
転送トランジスタTR、選択トランジスタSEL、トランジスタFDG、リセットトランジスタRST等は、画素駆動部111によってオンオフ制御される。画素駆動部111は、各画素Pの読み出し回路20を制御することによって、各画素Pから画素信号を信号線L2に出力させる。画素駆動部111は、各画素Pの画素信号を信号線L2へ読み出す制御を行い得る。 The transfer transistor TR, selection transistor SEL, transistor FDG, reset transistor RST, etc. are controlled to be turned on and off by the pixel driving unit 111. The pixel driving unit 111 controls the readout circuit 20 of each pixel P to output a pixel signal from each pixel P to the signal line L2. The pixel driving unit 111 can control the reading out of the pixel signal of each pixel P to the signal line L2.
図5は、第1の実施の形態に係る撮像装置の画素の平面構成の一例を示す図である。また、図6は、撮像装置の画素の断面構成の一例を説明するための図である。図6は、図5に示したA-A’線の方向における画素の構成例を表している。 FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of the planar configuration of a pixel of the imaging device according to the first embodiment. Also, FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining an example of the cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of the imaging device. FIG. 6 shows an example of the pixel configuration in the direction of line A-A' shown in FIG. 5.
撮像装置1の各画素Pは、例えば、図5及び図6に示す構造を有する。画素Pは、光電変換部12と、転送トランジスタTRと、フローティングディフュージョンFDと、画素トランジスタ30と、半導体領域35とを有する。画素トランジスタ30は、例えば、上述した読み出し回路20のトランジスタである。 Each pixel P of the imaging device 1 has, for example, the structure shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6. The pixel P has a photoelectric conversion unit 12, a transfer transistor TR, a floating diffusion FD, a pixel transistor 30, and a semiconductor region 35. The pixel transistor 30 is, for example, a transistor of the readout circuit 20 described above.
画素トランジスタ30は、増幅トランジスタAMP、選択トランジスタSEL、トランジスタFDG、又はリセットトランジスタRST等として用いられる。なお、一部の画素Pの画素トランジスタ30は、ダミートランジスタであってもよい。読み出し回路20は、画素トランジスタ30として、ダミートランジスタを含んでいてもよい。 The pixel transistor 30 is used as an amplification transistor AMP, a selection transistor SEL, a transistor FDG, a reset transistor RST, or the like. Note that the pixel transistor 30 of some pixels P may be a dummy transistor. The readout circuit 20 may include a dummy transistor as the pixel transistor 30.
読み出し回路20の増幅トランジスタAMP、選択トランジスタSEL、トランジスタFDG、リセットトランジスタRST等の各トランジスタは、例えば、複数の画素Pに画素トランジスタ30として分けて設けられ、複数の画素Pで共有される。このように撮像装置1を構成することにより、1つの画素Pにおけるトランジスタの数を減らすことが可能となる。 Each transistor of the readout circuit 20, such as the amplification transistor AMP, the selection transistor SEL, the transistor FDG, and the reset transistor RST, is provided separately as pixel transistors 30 in multiple pixels P, for example, and is shared by multiple pixels P. By configuring the imaging device 1 in this way, it is possible to reduce the number of transistors in one pixel P.
撮像装置1は、半導体層110を含む基板101を用いて構成される。基板101は、例えば、Si(シリコン)基板等の半導体基板により構成される。半導体層110を含む基板101には、例えば、上述した光電変換部12及び読み出し回路20等が形成される。 The imaging device 1 is configured using a substrate 101 including a semiconductor layer 110. The substrate 101 is configured, for example, of a semiconductor substrate such as a Si (silicon) substrate. For example, the above-mentioned photoelectric conversion unit 12 and readout circuit 20 are formed on the substrate 101 including the semiconductor layer 110.
なお、基板101は、SOI(Silicon On Insulator)基板、SiGe(シリコンゲルマニウム)基板、他の化合物半導体材料等を用いて構成されてもよい。図5及び図6に示す例では、基板101は、半導体層110及び配線層120を含んで構成される。 The substrate 101 may be formed using an SOI (Silicon On Insulator) substrate, a SiGe (Silicon Germanium) substrate, other compound semiconductor materials, etc. In the example shown in Figures 5 and 6, the substrate 101 is formed to include a semiconductor layer 110 and a wiring layer 120.
半導体層110は、図6に示すように、対向する面11S1及び面11S2を有する。面11S2は、面11S1とは反対側の面である。半導体層110の面11S1は、トランジスタ等の素子が形成される素子形成面である。半導体層110の面11S1には、ゲート電極、ゲート絶縁膜(例えばゲート酸化膜)等が設けられる。半導体層110の面11S2は、例えば、受光面(光入射面)である。 As shown in FIG. 6, the semiconductor layer 110 has opposing surfaces 11S1 and 11S2. Surface 11S2 is the surface opposite to surface 11S1. Surface 11S1 of the semiconductor layer 110 is an element formation surface on which elements such as transistors are formed. A gate electrode, a gate insulating film (e.g., a gate oxide film), etc. are provided on surface 11S1 of the semiconductor layer 110. Surface 11S2 of the semiconductor layer 110 is, for example, a light receiving surface (light incident surface).
半導体層110では、半導体層110の面11S1及び面11S2に沿って、複数の光電変換部12(光電変換素子)が設けられる。半導体層110には、例えば、複数の光電変換部12が埋め込み形成される。光電変換部12は、光電変換層ともいえる。光電変換部12は、半導体層110の面11S1と面11S2との間に設けられている。 In the semiconductor layer 110, a plurality of photoelectric conversion units 12 (photoelectric conversion elements) are provided along the faces 11S1 and 11S2 of the semiconductor layer 110. For example, a plurality of photoelectric conversion units 12 are embedded in the semiconductor layer 110. The photoelectric conversion units 12 can also be called a photoelectric conversion layer. The photoelectric conversion units 12 are provided between the faces 11S1 and 11S2 of the semiconductor layer 110.
半導体層110は、図6に示すように、ウェル25を有する。ウェル25は、例えば、p型の半導体領域であり、p型のウェル(pウェル)である。図6に示す例では、半導体層110には、p型のウェル領域であるウェル25が設けられる。光電変換部12は、ウェル25内に設けられた半導体領域15を含んで構成される。半導体領域15は、例えば、n型の半導体領域である。 As shown in FIG. 6, the semiconductor layer 110 has a well 25. The well 25 is, for example, a p-type semiconductor region, or a p-type well (p-well). In the example shown in FIG. 6, the well 25, which is a p-type well region, is provided in the semiconductor layer 110. The photoelectric conversion unit 12 is configured to include a semiconductor region 15 provided within the well 25. The semiconductor region 15 is, for example, an n-type semiconductor region.
半導体層110の面11S1側には、転送トランジスタTR、フローティングディフュージョンFD、画素トランジスタ30、半導体領域35等が設けられる。フローティングディフュージョンFDは、例えば、n型の半導体領域を含んで構成される。 A transfer transistor TR, a floating diffusion FD, a pixel transistor 30, a semiconductor region 35, etc. are provided on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110. The floating diffusion FD is configured to include, for example, an n-type semiconductor region.
撮像装置1には、図5及び図6に示すように、トレンチ91及びトレンチ92が設けられる。トレンチ91及びトレンチ92は、それぞれ、半導体層110において、隣り合う複数の画素Pの間に設けられる。トレンチ91及びトレンチ92は、隣り合う複数の画素Pの各光電変換部12の間に設けられ、画素P(又は光電変換部12)間を分離する。画素Pは、トレンチ91及びトレンチ92によって区画された構造を有するともいえる。 As shown in Figures 5 and 6, the imaging device 1 is provided with trenches 91 and 92. The trenches 91 and 92 are each provided between adjacent pixels P in the semiconductor layer 110. The trenches 91 and 92 are provided between the photoelectric conversion units 12 of adjacent pixels P, and separate the pixels P (or the photoelectric conversion units 12). It can also be said that the pixels P have a structure partitioned by the trenches 91 and 92.
トレンチ91及びトレンチ92は、それぞれ、分離部(溝部)であり、例えば絶縁材料を用いて構成される。トレンチ91及びトレンチ92の各々の少なくとも一部は、隣り合う画素P(又は光電変換部12)の境界に設けられる。トレンチ91は、STI(Shallow Trench Isolation)構造を有し、半導体層110の面11S1側に設けられる。トレンチ92は、FTI(Full Trench Isolation)構造を有し、半導体層110を貫通するように設けられる。 Trench 91 and trench 92 are each an isolation portion (groove portion) and are formed, for example, using an insulating material. At least a portion of each of trench 91 and trench 92 is provided at the boundary between adjacent pixels P (or photoelectric conversion portions 12). Trench 91 has an STI (Shallow Trench Isolation) structure and is provided on the surface 11S1 side of semiconductor layer 110. Trench 92 has an FTI (Full Trench Isolation) structure and is provided so as to penetrate semiconductor layer 110.
図5及び図6に示す例では、トレンチ91は、半導体層110において、転送トランジスタTR、フローティングディフュージョンFD、画素トランジスタ30、及び半導体領域35等を囲むように設けられる。また、トレンチ92は、半導体層110において、光電変換部12を囲むように設けられる。トレンチ91及びトレンチ92は、平面視において、各画素Pの各々の光電変換部12を囲むように格子状に設けられる。トレンチ91及びトレンチ92は、画素間分離部または画素間分離壁ともいえる。 In the example shown in Figures 5 and 6, trench 91 is provided in semiconductor layer 110 so as to surround transfer transistor TR, floating diffusion FD, pixel transistor 30, semiconductor region 35, etc. In addition, trench 92 is provided in semiconductor layer 110 so as to surround photoelectric conversion unit 12. In plan view, trenches 91 and trench 92 are provided in a lattice shape so as to surround each photoelectric conversion unit 12 of each pixel P. Trench 91 and trench 92 can also be referred to as inter-pixel separation unit or inter-pixel separation wall.
トレンチ91内及びトレンチ92内には、一例として、酸化膜(例えばシリコン酸化膜)、窒化膜(例えばシリコン窒化膜)等の絶縁膜(絶縁体)が設けられる。トレンチ91及びトレンチ92には、ポリシリコン、金属材料、他の絶縁材料等が埋め込まれていてもよい。また、トレンチ91内及びトレンチ92内には、空隙(空洞)が設けられていてもよい。トレンチ92は、トレンチ91内に形成されていてもよい。例えば、トレンチ92は、半導体層110の面11S1側に設けられたトレンチ91内から、半導体層110の面11S2まで設けられていてもよい。 In the trenches 91 and 92, for example, an insulating film (insulator) such as an oxide film (e.g., a silicon oxide film) or a nitride film (e.g., a silicon nitride film) is provided. The trenches 91 and 92 may be filled with polysilicon, a metal material, other insulating materials, etc. Also, a void (cavity) may be provided in the trenches 91 and 92. The trench 92 may be formed in the trench 91. For example, the trench 92 may be provided from the trench 91 provided on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110 to the surface 11S2 of the semiconductor layer 110.
また、撮像装置1には、トレンチ93が設けられる。トレンチ93は、STI構造を有する分離部(溝部)である。トレンチ93内には、例えば、酸化膜(例えばシリコン酸化膜)、窒化膜(例えばシリコン窒化膜)等の絶縁膜が設けられる。トレンチ93は、半導体層110の面11S1側に設けられ、素子間を分離する。トレンチ93は、画素トランジスタ30とフローティングディフュージョンFDとの間、画素トランジスタ30と転送トランジスタTRとの間、転送トランジスタTRと半導体領域35との間等に形成される。 The imaging device 1 is also provided with a trench 93. The trench 93 is an isolation portion (groove portion) having an STI structure. An insulating film such as an oxide film (e.g., a silicon oxide film) or a nitride film (e.g., a silicon nitride film) is provided within the trench 93. The trench 93 is provided on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110, and isolates the elements. The trench 93 is formed between the pixel transistor 30 and the floating diffusion FD, between the pixel transistor 30 and the transfer transistor TR, between the transfer transistor TR and the semiconductor region 35, etc.
撮像装置1には、分離部(トレンチ)により区画された複数の領域(アクティブ領域)が設けられる。撮像装置1は、例えば、基板101の半導体層110に設けられるアクティブ領域81及びアクティブ領域82を有する。一例として、図5に示すように、撮像装置1の各画素Pには、トレンチ93(又はトレンチ91)により囲まれたアクティブ領域81及びアクティブ領域82が形成される。 The imaging device 1 is provided with a plurality of regions (active regions) partitioned by separation portions (trench). The imaging device 1 has, for example, an active region 81 and an active region 82 provided in the semiconductor layer 110 of the substrate 101. As an example, as shown in FIG. 5, each pixel P of the imaging device 1 is formed with an active region 81 and an active region 82 surrounded by a trench 93 (or trench 91).
アクティブ領域81及びアクティブ領域82は、例えば、トレンチ93及びトレンチ91によって電気的に分離された半導体層110(又は半導体層110のウェル25)の領域であり、島状の領域となる。図5に示す例のように、画素トランジスタ30及び半導体領域35は、アクティブ領域81に設けられる。また、転送トランジスタTR及びフローティングディフュージョンFDは、アクティブ領域82に設けられる。 Active region 81 and active region 82 are, for example, regions of semiconductor layer 110 (or well 25 of semiconductor layer 110) electrically isolated by trenches 93 and 91, and are island-shaped regions. As in the example shown in FIG. 5, pixel transistor 30 and semiconductor region 35 are provided in active region 81. Furthermore, transfer transistor TR and floating diffusion FD are provided in active region 82.
転送トランジスタTRは、ゲート絶縁膜45及びゲート電極46を有する。転送トランジスタTRは、一例として、平面ゲート構造を有する。転送トランジスタTRは、例えば、プレーナ型のトランジスタとして構成される。転送トランジスタTRは、アクティブ領域82に配置される。なお、転送トランジスタTRは、縦型ゲート構造を有していてもよい。例えば、転送トランジスタTRのゲート電極46及びゲート絶縁膜45は、半導体層110において、光電変換部12に達するように形成され得る。 The transfer transistor TR has a gate insulating film 45 and a gate electrode 46. As an example, the transfer transistor TR has a planar gate structure. The transfer transistor TR is configured as, for example, a planar type transistor. The transfer transistor TR is disposed in the active region 82. The transfer transistor TR may have a vertical gate structure. For example, the gate electrode 46 and the gate insulating film 45 of the transfer transistor TR may be formed in the semiconductor layer 110 so as to reach the photoelectric conversion unit 12.
半導体領域35は、ウェル25と同じ導電型の半導体領域であり、半導体層110の面11S1側に設けられる。半導体領域35は、アクティブ領域81においてウェル25に対して設けられ、ウェル25と電気的に接続される。半導体領域35は、例えば、p型の半導体領域であり、p型の不純物を用いて形成される領域である。 The semiconductor region 35 is a semiconductor region of the same conductivity type as the well 25, and is provided on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110. The semiconductor region 35 is provided relative to the well 25 in the active region 81, and is electrically connected to the well 25. The semiconductor region 35 is, for example, a p-type semiconductor region, and is a region formed using p-type impurities.
半導体領域35は、例えば、ウェル25の不純物濃度よりも高い不純物濃度を有し、p+型の半導体領域となる。p+領域である半導体領域35は、p+型の拡散領域であり、p+型の導電領域ともいえる。また、半導体領域35は、コンタクト55と電気的に接続される。コンタクト55は、基板101の配線層120に設けられる。 The semiconductor region 35 has, for example, a higher impurity concentration than the impurity concentration of the well 25, and is a p+ type semiconductor region. The semiconductor region 35, which is a p+ region, is a p+ type diffusion region, and can also be said to be a p+ type conductive region. The semiconductor region 35 is also electrically connected to the contact 55. The contact 55 is provided in the wiring layer 120 of the substrate 101.
図5に示す例では、半導体領域35は、半導体領域35上に設けられたコンタクト55に接続され、コンタクト55を介して配線層120の配線(不図示)と電気的に接続される。コンタクト55は、半導体領域35によってウェル25と電気的に接続される。 In the example shown in FIG. 5, the semiconductor region 35 is connected to a contact 55 provided on the semiconductor region 35, and is electrically connected to wiring (not shown) of the wiring layer 120 via the contact 55. The contact 55 is electrically connected to the well 25 by the semiconductor region 35.
コンタクト55は、例えば、半導体領域35とオーミック接続され、半導体領域35を介してウェル25に電気的に接続される。半導体領域35と電気的に接続されるウェル25の領域には、配線層120の配線及びコンタクト55等によって、所定の電位(電圧)が供給される。 The contact 55 is, for example, in ohmic contact with the semiconductor region 35 and electrically connected to the well 25 via the semiconductor region 35. A predetermined potential (voltage) is supplied to the region of the well 25 electrically connected to the semiconductor region 35 by the wiring of the wiring layer 120, the contact 55, etc.
コンタクト55は、ウェルコンタクトであり、半導体領域35は、ウェルコンタクト領域である。コンタクト55及び半導体領域35は、例えば、画素P毎に配置される。なお、半導体領域35とコンタクト55とを併せて、ウェルコンタクト領域ということもできる。 The contact 55 is a well contact, and the semiconductor region 35 is a well contact region. The contact 55 and the semiconductor region 35 are arranged, for example, for each pixel P. The semiconductor region 35 and the contact 55 together can also be referred to as a well contact region.
半導体領域35は、例えば、コンタクト55を介して配線層120内の基準電位線と電気的に接続され、半導体領域35及びウェル25には、基準電位が与えられる。一例として、半導体領域35及びウェル25には、コンタクト55を介して、GND電位(接地電位)が与えられる。 The semiconductor region 35 is electrically connected to a reference potential line in the wiring layer 120 via, for example, the contact 55, and a reference potential is applied to the semiconductor region 35 and the well 25. As an example, a GND potential (ground potential) is applied to the semiconductor region 35 and the well 25 via the contact 55.
画素トランジスタ30は、半導体領域31と、半導体領域32と、半導体領域33と、ゲート絶縁膜41と、ゲート電極42とを有する。半導体領域31~半導体領域33は、それぞれ、アクティブ領域81においてウェル25に対して設けられる。ウェル25の一部に置換して、半導体領域32,33等が配置されるともいえる。半導体領域31と、半導体領域32(又は半導体領域33)は、互いに異なる導電型を有する。 The pixel transistor 30 has a semiconductor region 31, a semiconductor region 32, a semiconductor region 33, a gate insulating film 41, and a gate electrode 42. The semiconductor regions 31 to 33 are each provided with respect to a well 25 in the active region 81. It can also be said that the semiconductor regions 32, 33, etc. are arranged to replace part of the well 25. The semiconductor region 31 and the semiconductor region 32 (or the semiconductor region 33) have mutually different conductivity types.
半導体領域31は、チャネルが形成される領域(チャネル領域)である。半導体領域31の周囲には、図6に示す例のように、ゲート電極42の部分P1とゲート絶縁膜41が設けられる。半導体領域31は、例えば、p型の半導体領域であり、p型の不純物を用いて形成された領域である。半導体領域31は、p型拡散領域であり、p型の導電領域ともいえる。 The semiconductor region 31 is a region where a channel is formed (channel region). As shown in the example of FIG. 6, a portion P1 of a gate electrode 42 and a gate insulating film 41 are provided around the semiconductor region 31. The semiconductor region 31 is, for example, a p-type semiconductor region, and is a region formed using p-type impurities. The semiconductor region 31 is a p-type diffusion region, and can also be said to be a p-type conductive region.
半導体領域32及び半導体領域33は、画素トランジスタ30のソース領域及びドレイン領域である。半導体領域32,33の一方は、画素トランジスタ30のソース領域であり、半導体領域32,33の他方は、画素トランジスタ30のドレイン領域である。 The semiconductor region 32 and the semiconductor region 33 are the source region and the drain region of the pixel transistor 30. One of the semiconductor regions 32 and 33 is the source region of the pixel transistor 30, and the other of the semiconductor regions 32 and 33 is the drain region of the pixel transistor 30.
半導体領域32及び半導体領域33は、それぞれ、例えばn型の半導体領域であり、n型の不純物を用いて形成される領域である。半導体領域32及び半導体領域33は、例えば、半導体層110の領域に、n型の不純物がドープ(添加)されることによって形成される。半導体領域32、半導体領域33は、それぞれ、n型拡散領域であり、n型の導電領域ともいえる。 Semiconductor region 32 and semiconductor region 33 are, for example, n-type semiconductor regions, and are regions formed using n-type impurities. Semiconductor region 32 and semiconductor region 33 are, for example, formed by doping (adding) n-type impurities into a region of semiconductor layer 110. Semiconductor region 32 and semiconductor region 33 are, for example, n-type diffusion regions, and can also be called n-type conductive regions.
半導体領域32は、半導体領域32上に設けられたコンタクト52に接続され、コンタクト52を介して配線層120の配線(不図示)と電気的に接続される。半導体領域33は、半導体領域33上に設けられたコンタクト53に接続され、コンタクト53を介して配線層120の配線と電気的に接続される。 The semiconductor region 32 is connected to a contact 52 provided on the semiconductor region 32, and is electrically connected to the wiring (not shown) of the wiring layer 120 via the contact 52. The semiconductor region 33 is connected to a contact 53 provided on the semiconductor region 33, and is electrically connected to the wiring of the wiring layer 120 via the contact 53.
画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42の周囲に、半導体領域32及び半導体領域33が配置される。半導体領域32,33を有する画素トランジスタ30は、転送トランジスタTRの周りの領域に形成される。なお、画素トランジスタ30の形状は、図5に示す例に限られず、適宜変更可能である。 A semiconductor region 32 and a semiconductor region 33 are arranged around the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30. The pixel transistor 30 having the semiconductor regions 32 and 33 is formed in a region around the transfer transistor TR. Note that the shape of the pixel transistor 30 is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 5 and can be changed as appropriate.
画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42は、例えば半導体層110の面11S1側において、半導体層110の一部を挟むように設けられる。例えば、ゲート電極42の一部は、半導体層110内において、ゲート絶縁膜41を介して、画素トランジスタ30のチャネル領域となる半導体層110の一部を挟むように設けられる。画素トランジスタ30は、Fin型トランジスタとして構成され得る。 The gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 is provided, for example, on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110 so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer 110. For example, a part of the gate electrode 42 is provided within the semiconductor layer 110 so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer 110 that will become the channel region of the pixel transistor 30, via the gate insulating film 41. The pixel transistor 30 can be configured as a Fin type transistor.
撮像装置1では、画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42の少なくとも一部は、例えば、半導体層110内に設けられる。ゲート電極42とゲート絶縁膜41の各々の少なくとも一部は、一例として、半導体層110を掘り込んで設けられる。画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42とゲート絶縁膜41の各々の一部は、例えば半導体層110に埋め込まれるように配置され得る。 In the imaging device 1, at least a portion of the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 is provided, for example, in the semiconductor layer 110. At least a portion of each of the gate electrode 42 and the gate insulating film 41 is provided, for example, by recessing the semiconductor layer 110. At least a portion of each of the gate electrode 42 and the gate insulating film 41 of the pixel transistor 30 can be disposed so as to be embedded, for example, in the semiconductor layer 110.
画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42は、例えば、図6に示す例のように、複数の部分P1を有する。ゲート電極42の複数の部分P1は、画素トランジスタ30のチャネル領域となる半導体領域31を挟むように半導体層110に設けられる。複数の部分P1は、例えば、半導体領域31を挟んで、Y軸方向(又はX軸方向)に互いに並ぶように配置される。なお、部分P1の数、形状等は図示した例に限られず、適宜変更可能である。 The gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 has multiple portions P1, for example, as shown in the example in FIG. 6. The multiple portions P1 of the gate electrode 42 are provided in the semiconductor layer 110 so as to sandwich the semiconductor region 31 that becomes the channel region of the pixel transistor 30. The multiple portions P1 are arranged, for example, so as to be aligned with each other in the Y-axis direction (or X-axis direction) with the semiconductor region 31 in between. Note that the number, shape, etc. of the portions P1 are not limited to the example shown in the figure, and can be changed as appropriate.
画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42は、半導体層110内に設けられる複数の部分P1を有し得る。一例として、ゲート電極42の複数の部分P1は、半導体層110に設けられた複数の溝部(トレンチ)に配置される。画素トランジスタ30は、トレンチ型ゲート電極であるゲート電極42を有し得る。 The gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 may have a plurality of portions P1 provided in the semiconductor layer 110. As an example, the plurality of portions P1 of the gate electrode 42 are arranged in a plurality of grooves (trenches) provided in the semiconductor layer 110. The pixel transistor 30 may have the gate electrode 42 which is a trench-type gate electrode.
ゲート電極42の複数の部分P1は、フィン形状を有し、フィン部ともいえる。また、半導体層110の半導体領域31は、フィン形状を有し、フィン部ということもできる。なお、部分P1又は半導体領域31は、突出する構造部分であり、突出部ともいえる。 The multiple portions P1 of the gate electrode 42 have a fin shape and can also be called fin portions. Also, the semiconductor region 31 of the semiconductor layer 110 has a fin shape and can also be called fin portions. Note that the portions P1 or the semiconductor region 31 are protruding structural parts and can also be called protruding portions.
撮像装置1では、ゲート電極42の部分P1は、例えば、半導体層110の面11S1から半導体層110内に向かって突出する。部分P1又は半導体領域31は、凸部(又は突起部)ともいえる。例えば、部分P1は、半導体層110の面11S1から半導体層110の内部へ向かって延びる凸部ともいえる。 In the imaging device 1, the portion P1 of the gate electrode 42 protrudes, for example, from the surface 11S1 of the semiconductor layer 110 toward the inside of the semiconductor layer 110. The portion P1 or the semiconductor region 31 can also be considered a convex portion (or a protruding portion). For example, the portion P1 can also be considered a convex portion that extends from the surface 11S1 of the semiconductor layer 110 toward the inside of the semiconductor layer 110.
画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42は、半導体層110(又は基板101)の厚さ方向に延びるように設けられた複数の構造部分を含んで構成され得る。例えば、ゲート電極42は、半導体層110の面11S1と直交する厚さ方向に延びるように形成された複数の部分P1を有する。 The gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 may be configured to include multiple structural portions arranged to extend in the thickness direction of the semiconductor layer 110 (or the substrate 101). For example, the gate electrode 42 has multiple portions P1 formed to extend in the thickness direction perpendicular to the surface 11S1 of the semiconductor layer 110.
図6に示す例では、ゲート電極42の部分P1は、トレンチ93とトレンチ91との間に設けられる。図6に示すように、ゲート電極42の底部B1(下端)は、トレンチ93の底部B2よりも上方に位置する。ゲート電極42の部分P1(フィン部)は、例えば、半導体層110の面11S1からの深さがトレンチ93の底部B2(下端)よりも浅い領域に形成される。 6, portion P1 of gate electrode 42 is provided between trench 93 and trench 91. As shown in FIG. 6, bottom B1 (lower end) of gate electrode 42 is located above bottom B2 of trench 93. Portion P1 (fin portion) of gate electrode 42 is formed, for example, in a region whose depth from surface 11S1 of semiconductor layer 110 is shallower than bottom B2 (lower end) of trench 93.
画素トランジスタ30のゲート絶縁膜41は、画素トランジスタ30のチャネル領域(半導体領域31)上に設けられる。ゲート絶縁膜41(例えばゲート酸化膜)は、チャネル領域である半導体領域31とゲート電極42との間に設けられる。ゲート電極42は、ゲート絶縁膜41の上に設けられる。 The gate insulating film 41 of the pixel transistor 30 is provided on the channel region (semiconductor region 31) of the pixel transistor 30. The gate insulating film 41 (e.g., a gate oxide film) is provided between the semiconductor region 31, which is the channel region, and the gate electrode 42. The gate electrode 42 is provided on the gate insulating film 41.
ゲート電極42は、例えば、図6に示すように、ゲート絶縁膜41を介して、半導体層110の半導体領域31を覆うように配置される。ゲート絶縁膜41は、一例として、半導体層110内において、ゲート電極42の複数の部分P1に沿って形成される。 The gate electrode 42 is arranged to cover the semiconductor region 31 of the semiconductor layer 110 via the gate insulating film 41, as shown in FIG. 6, for example. As an example, the gate insulating film 41 is formed along the multiple portions P1 of the gate electrode 42 within the semiconductor layer 110.
ゲート電極42の部分P1及びゲート絶縁膜41は、例えば、図6に示す例のように、半導体層110を掘り込んで設けられる。画素トランジスタ30は、掘り込みゲート構造を有し得る。ゲート電極42とゲート絶縁膜41の各々の一部は、例えば半導体層110に埋め込まれるように配置される。画素トランジスタ30は、掘り込みFin構造を有し、掘り込みFinトランジスタともいえる。 The portion P1 of the gate electrode 42 and the gate insulating film 41 are provided by digging into the semiconductor layer 110, for example, as shown in the example of FIG. 6. The pixel transistor 30 may have a dug-in gate structure. A portion of each of the gate electrode 42 and the gate insulating film 41 is disposed so as to be embedded in the semiconductor layer 110, for example. The pixel transistor 30 has a dug-in fin structure and may also be called a dug-in fin transistor.
画素トランジスタ30のゲート絶縁膜41と、転送トランジスタTRのゲート絶縁膜45は、例えば、酸化シリコン(SiO)、酸窒化シリコン(SiON)、酸化ハフニウム(HfO)等のうちの1種よりなる単層膜、或いは、これらのうちの2種以上よりなる積層膜により構成される。ゲート絶縁膜41,45は、ハフニウム系絶縁膜など、酸化シリコンの誘電率よりも高い誘電率を有する高誘電率材料を用いて形成されてもよい。 The gate insulating film 41 of the pixel transistor 30 and the gate insulating film 45 of the transfer transistor TR are composed of, for example, a single layer film made of one of silicon oxide (SiO), silicon oxynitride (SiON), hafnium oxide (HfO), etc., or a laminated film made of two or more of these. The gate insulating films 41 and 45 may be formed using a high-dielectric material having a higher dielectric constant than that of silicon oxide, such as a hafnium-based insulating film.
画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42と、転送トランジスタTRのゲート電極46は、例えば、ポリシリコン(Poly-Si)を用いて構成される。ゲート電極42及びゲート電極46は、金属材料または金属化合物を用いて構成されてもよい。ゲート電極42,46は、例えば、窒化チタン(TiN)、窒化タンタル(TaN)、タングステン(W)等により構成されてもよい。なお、ゲート電極42の側面、及び、ゲート電極46の側面には、それぞれ、サイドウォールが設けられ得る。 The gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 and the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR are made of, for example, polysilicon (Poly-Si). The gate electrodes 42 and 46 may be made of a metal material or a metal compound. The gate electrodes 42 and 46 may be made of, for example, titanium nitride (TiN), tantalum nitride (TaN), tungsten (W), etc. Sidewalls may be provided on the side surfaces of the gate electrode 42 and the gate electrode 46.
コンタクト52、コンタクト53、及びコンタクト55は、それぞれ、導電材料を用いて構成される。例えば、コンタクト52,53,55は、それぞれ、タングステン(W)等の導電材料をコンタクトホールに埋め込む(充填する)ことによって形成される。なお、コンタクト52,53,55の各々は、アルミニウム(Al)、銅(Cu)等の金属材料により構成されてもよく、その他の材料を用いて構成されてもよい。 The contacts 52, 53, and 55 are each made of a conductive material. For example, the contacts 52, 53, and 55 are each formed by embedding (filling) a conductive material such as tungsten (W) into a contact hole. Each of the contacts 52, 53, and 55 may be made of a metal material such as aluminum (Al) or copper (Cu), or may be made of other materials.
撮像装置1では、半導体領域35は、画素トランジスタ30に隣接するように設けられる。半導体領域35は、例えば、画素Pにおいて、画素トランジスタ30のソース領域又はドレイン領域に隣接するように設けられる。半導体領域35と、画素トランジスタ30のソース領域又はドレイン領域とは、図5に示すように、アクティブ領域81に設けられる。 In the imaging device 1, the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the pixel transistor 30. For example, in the pixel P, the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30. The semiconductor region 35 and the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30 are provided in the active region 81 as shown in FIG. 5.
図5及び図6に示す例では、半導体領域35は、半導体層110の面11S1側において、画素トランジスタ30の半導体領域33に隣接して配置される。なお、本開示において「隣接する」とは、接していない場合を含む。「隣接する」とは、直接に接している場合、自然酸化膜等を介して隣り合っている場合を含む。また、本開示において「接する」とは、直接に接する場合、自然酸化膜等を介して接する場合を含む。 In the example shown in Figures 5 and 6, the semiconductor region 35 is disposed adjacent to the semiconductor region 33 of the pixel transistor 30 on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110. In this disclosure, "adjacent" includes cases where there is no contact. "Adjacent" includes cases where there is direct contact and cases where there is adjacent via a natural oxide film or the like. In this disclosure, "in contact" includes cases where there is direct contact and cases where there is contact via a natural oxide film or the like.
半導体領域35は、例えば、画素トランジスタ30のソース領域又はドレイン領域である半導体領域33の端部(側部)に隣接するように設けられる。なお、半導体領域35は、半導体領域32に隣接して設けられてもよい。また、半導体領域35は、画素トランジスタ30のゲートに隣接するように設けられてもよい。 The semiconductor region 35 is provided, for example, adjacent to an end (side) of the semiconductor region 33, which is the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30. The semiconductor region 35 may be provided adjacent to the semiconductor region 32. The semiconductor region 35 may also be provided adjacent to the gate of the pixel transistor 30.
このように、本実施の形態では、半導体領域35は、画素トランジスタ30に隣接するように設けられる。このため、撮像装置1は、微細化に有利な構造を有することができる。半導体領域35と画素トランジスタ30とが異なるアクティブ領域に設けられる場合と比較して、画素Pにおいてトランジスタ等を配置する領域の面積を増やすことができる。画素Pに配置するトランジスタのサイズ(例えばゲート幅、ゲート長等)を大きくすることが可能となる。 In this manner, in this embodiment, the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the pixel transistor 30. This allows the imaging device 1 to have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization. Compared to a case in which the semiconductor region 35 and the pixel transistor 30 are provided in different active regions, the area of the region in which the transistors, etc. are arranged in the pixel P can be increased. It is possible to increase the size (e.g., gate width, gate length, etc.) of the transistor arranged in the pixel P.
また、撮像装置1では、画素トランジスタ30は、上述したように、半導体層110の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極42を有する。画素トランジスタ30は、Fin型トランジスタとして構成され得る。このため、画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42の面積を大きくすることができる。画素トランジスタ30の実効的なゲート幅等を大きくすることが可能となる。読み出し回路20のトランジスタ、例えば増幅トランジスタAMPのゲートの面積を大きくすることができ、画素の信号に混入するノイズを抑制することが可能となる。 Furthermore, in the imaging device 1, the pixel transistor 30 has a gate electrode 42 arranged to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer 110, as described above. The pixel transistor 30 can be configured as a Fin type transistor. This allows the area of the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 to be increased. It is possible to increase the effective gate width, etc., of the pixel transistor 30. The area of the transistor of the readout circuit 20, for example the gate of the amplification transistor AMP, can be increased, making it possible to suppress noise that gets mixed into the pixel signal.
特に微細画素における面積効率を向上させることができ、画素トランジスタ30のサイズを大きくすることができる。画素トランジスタ30を複数のフィン部(部分P1)を有する構成とすることができ、画素トランジスタ30のゲート面積を確保することができる。このため、読み出し回路20のトランジスタ(増幅トランジスタAMP、選択トランジスタSEL、トランジスタFDG、リセットトランジスタRST等)の特性を向上させることが可能となる。これにより、画素信号の品質が低下することを抑制することができ、画像の画質低下を抑制することが可能となる。 In particular, the area efficiency of fine pixels can be improved, and the size of the pixel transistor 30 can be increased. The pixel transistor 30 can be configured to have multiple fin portions (portion P1), and the gate area of the pixel transistor 30 can be secured. This makes it possible to improve the characteristics of the transistors (amplification transistor AMP, selection transistor SEL, transistor FDG, reset transistor RST, etc.) of the readout circuit 20. This makes it possible to prevent the quality of the pixel signal from deteriorating, and to prevent deterioration in the image quality of the image.
さらに、本実施の形態では、画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42は、ゲート電極42の底部B1がトレンチ93の底部B2よりも上方に位置するように設けられる。このため、画素トランジスタ30を他の素子から分離することができ、素子間のクロストークを抑制することができる。画素信号にノイズが混入することを抑制することが可能となる。 Furthermore, in this embodiment, the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 is provided such that the bottom B1 of the gate electrode 42 is located above the bottom B2 of the trench 93. This allows the pixel transistor 30 to be isolated from other elements, and crosstalk between elements can be suppressed. It is possible to suppress noise from being mixed into the pixel signal.
撮像装置1では、ゲート電極42の部分P1(フィン部)は、半導体層110の面11S1からの深さがトレンチ93の底部B2よりも浅い領域に形成される。このため、部分P1の製造バラツキ(部分P1の長さ、部分P1の幅(太さ)等のバラツキ)を抑えることができ、画素トランジスタ30の特性が悪化することを抑制することが可能となる。 In the imaging device 1, the portion P1 (fin portion) of the gate electrode 42 is formed in a region whose depth from the surface 11S1 of the semiconductor layer 110 is shallower than the bottom B2 of the trench 93. This makes it possible to suppress manufacturing variations in the portion P1 (variations in the length of the portion P1, the width (thickness) of the portion P1, etc.), and to suppress deterioration of the characteristics of the pixel transistor 30.
図7は、第1の実施の形態に係る撮像装置の画素トランジスタの配置例を示す図である。図7においては、読み出し回路20を共有する4つの画素Pを画素Pa~画素Pdとして、2×2画素を図示している。撮像装置1における他の複数の画素Pも、図7に示す構成と同様の構成を有し得る。 FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an example of the arrangement of pixel transistors in an imaging device according to the first embodiment. In FIG. 7, four pixels P that share a readout circuit 20 are pixels Pa to Pd, and 2×2 pixels are shown. The other pixels P in the imaging device 1 may also have a configuration similar to that shown in FIG. 7.
図7に示す例では、画素Paには、画素トランジスタ30として、増幅トランジスタAMPが設けられる。画素Pbには、画素トランジスタ30として、選択トランジスタSELが設けられる。画素Pcには、画素トランジスタ30として、リセットトランジスタRSTが設けられる。また、画素Pdには、画素トランジスタ30として、トランジスタFDGが設けられる。 In the example shown in FIG. 7, pixel Pa is provided with an amplification transistor AMP as the pixel transistor 30. Pixel Pb is provided with a selection transistor SEL as the pixel transistor 30. Pixel Pc is provided with a reset transistor RST as the pixel transistor 30. Furthermore, pixel Pd is provided with a transistor FDG as the pixel transistor 30.
撮像装置1では、例えば、図7に示す例のように、配線L3が設けられる。読み出し回路20を共有する複数の画素Pの各々のフローティングディフュージョンFDは、配線L3を介して、読み出し回路20のトランジスタに電気的に接続される。画素Pa~画素Pdの各々のフローティングディフュージョンFDは、配線L3を介して、例えば画素Paの画素トランジスタ30である増幅トランジスタAMPのゲート電極と電気的に接続される。 In the imaging device 1, for example, as shown in the example in FIG. 7, a wiring L3 is provided. The floating diffusion FD of each of the multiple pixels P that share the readout circuit 20 is electrically connected to the transistor of the readout circuit 20 via the wiring L3. The floating diffusion FD of each of the pixels Pa to Pd is electrically connected to the gate electrode of the amplification transistor AMP, which is, for example, the pixel transistor 30 of the pixel Pa, via the wiring L3.
配線L3は、4つの画素Pa~画素Pdで共有される配線となる。配線L3は、例えば、アルミニウム(Al)、タングステン(W)等の金属材料を用いて形成される。なお、配線L3は、ポリシリコン(Poly-Si)、他の導電材料を用いて構成されてもよい。 The wiring L3 is a wiring shared by the four pixels Pa to Pd. The wiring L3 is formed using a metal material such as aluminum (Al) or tungsten (W). Note that the wiring L3 may also be made of polysilicon (Poly-Si) or other conductive materials.
撮像装置1は、図8に示す例のように、複数の画素PでフローティングディフュージョンFDを共有する構成を有していてもよい。図8に示す例では、フローティングディフュージョンFDは、4つの画素Pa~画素Pdに対して設けられ、画素Pa~画素Pdで共有される。 The imaging device 1 may have a configuration in which a floating diffusion FD is shared by multiple pixels P, as in the example shown in FIG. 8. In the example shown in FIG. 8, a floating diffusion FD is provided for four pixels Pa to Pd, and is shared by pixels Pa to Pd.
図9は、第1の実施の形態に係る撮像装置の断面構成の一例を示す図である。撮像装置1は、例えば、図9に示すように、導光部90と、半導体層110と、配線層120とを有する。撮像装置1は、導光部90と、半導体層110と、配線層120とがZ軸方向に積層された構成を有する。 FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of a cross-sectional configuration of an imaging device according to the first embodiment. As shown in FIG. 9, the imaging device 1 has, for example, a light guide section 90, a semiconductor layer 110, and a wiring layer 120. The imaging device 1 has a configuration in which the light guide section 90, the semiconductor layer 110, and the wiring layer 120 are stacked in the Z-axis direction.
図9に示す例では、半導体層110の面11S1側に、配線層120が設けられる。半導体層110の面11S2側には、導光部90が設けられる。光学系からの光が入射する側に導光部90が設けられ、光が入射する側とは反対側に配線層120が設けられる。撮像装置1は、いわゆる裏面照射型の撮像装置である。 In the example shown in FIG. 9, a wiring layer 120 is provided on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110. A light guide section 90 is provided on the surface 11S2 side of the semiconductor layer 110. The light guide section 90 is provided on the side where light from the optical system is incident, and the wiring layer 120 is provided on the side opposite the side where the light is incident. The imaging device 1 is a so-called back-illuminated type imaging device.
配線層120は、例えば、導体膜および絶縁膜を含み、複数の配線およびビア(VIA)等を有する。配線層120は、例えば2層以上、又は3層以上の配線を含む。配線層120は、5層以上の配線を含んでいてもよい。配線層120は、層間絶縁膜(層間絶縁層)としての絶縁膜を介して、複数の配線が積層された構成を有する。配線層120の絶縁膜は、層間絶縁膜(層間絶縁層)ともいえる。 The wiring layer 120 includes, for example, a conductor film and an insulating film, and has multiple wirings and vias (VIAs), etc. The wiring layer 120 includes, for example, two or more layers of wirings, or three or more layers of wirings. The wiring layer 120 may include five or more layers of wirings. The wiring layer 120 has a configuration in which multiple wirings are stacked via an insulating film serving as an interlayer insulating film (interlayer insulating layer). The insulating film of the wiring layer 120 can also be called an interlayer insulating film (interlayer insulating layer).
配線層120の配線は、例えば、アルミニウム(Al)、タングステン(W)、銅(Cu)等の金属材料を用いて形成される。配線層120の配線は、ポリシリコン(Poly-Si)、その他の導電材料を用いて構成されてもよい。層間絶縁膜は、例えば、酸化シリコン(SiO)、窒化シリコン(SiN)、酸窒化シリコン(SiON)等を用いて形成される。 The wiring of the wiring layer 120 is formed using, for example, a metal material such as aluminum (Al), tungsten (W), or copper (Cu). The wiring of the wiring layer 120 may be formed using polysilicon (Poly-Si) or other conductive materials. The interlayer insulating film is formed using, for example, silicon oxide (SiO), silicon nitride (SiN), silicon oxynitride (SiON), or the like.
半導体層110及び配線層120には、例えば、上述のように、光電変換部12、読み出し回路20等が設けられる。また、上述した画素駆動部111、信号処理部112、制御部113、及び処理部114等は、半導体層110とは別の基板、又は、半導体層110及び配線層120に設けられ得る。 As described above, the semiconductor layer 110 and the wiring layer 120 are provided with, for example, the photoelectric conversion unit 12, the readout circuit 20, etc. Furthermore, the pixel driving unit 111, the signal processing unit 112, the control unit 113, the processing unit 114, etc. described above can be provided on a substrate separate from the semiconductor layer 110, or on the semiconductor layer 110 and the wiring layer 120.
図9に示す導光部90は、半導体層110の面11S2と直交する厚さ方向において、半導体層110に積層される。導光部90は、レンズ21とフィルタ22を有し、入射する光を半導体層110側へ導く。 The light guide section 90 shown in FIG. 9 is laminated on the semiconductor layer 110 in a thickness direction perpendicular to the surface 11S2 of the semiconductor layer 110. The light guide section 90 has a lens 21 and a filter 22, and guides the incident light to the semiconductor layer 110 side.
レンズ21は、例えば、画素P毎または複数の画素P毎に、フィルタ22上に設けられる。レンズ21には、撮像レンズ等の光学系を介して被写体からの光が入射する。光電変換部12は、レンズ21及びフィルタ22を介して入射する光を光電変換する。 The lens 21 is provided on the filter 22, for example, for each pixel P or for each set of pixels P. Light from a subject enters the lens 21 via an optical system such as an imaging lens. The photoelectric conversion unit 12 photoelectrically converts the light that enters through the lens 21 and the filter 22.
撮像装置1には、図9に示すように、遮光部23が設けられる。遮光部23(遮光膜)は、光を遮る部材により構成され、隣り合う複数の画素Pの境界に設けられる。例えば、遮光部23(遮光部材)の少なくとも一部は、隣り合うフィルタ22の間に設けられ、隣り合うフィルタ22の境界に位置し得る。 As shown in FIG. 9, the imaging device 1 is provided with a light-shielding section 23. The light-shielding section 23 (light-shielding film) is made of a material that blocks light, and is provided at the boundary between multiple adjacent pixels P. For example, at least a portion of the light-shielding section 23 (light-shielding material) is provided between adjacent filters 22, and may be located at the boundary between the adjacent filters 22.
遮光部23は、例えば、光を遮光する金属材料(アルミニウム(Al)、タングステン(W)、銅(Cu)等)により構成される。遮光部23は、光を吸収する材料により構成されてもよい。撮像装置1では、遮光部23が設けられることで、周囲の画素Pに光が漏れることが抑制される。不要な光が周囲に漏れることを抑制し、混色が生じることを抑制することができる。 The light shielding portion 23 is made of, for example, a metal material that blocks light (aluminum (Al), tungsten (W), copper (Cu), etc.). The light shielding portion 23 may be made of a material that absorbs light. In the imaging device 1, the light shielding portion 23 is provided to prevent light from leaking to the surrounding pixels P. Unnecessary light is prevented from leaking to the surroundings, and color mixing can be prevented.
なお、撮像装置1は、固定電荷膜及び反射防止膜の少なくとも一方を有していてもよい。固定電荷膜及び反射防止膜は、例えば、半導体層110の面11S2側に設けられる。固定電荷膜は、固定電荷を有する膜であり、高誘電材料を用いて形成され得る。固定電荷膜は、一例として、酸化ハフニウム、酸化アルミニウム等の金属酸化物により構成される。 The imaging device 1 may have at least one of a fixed charge film and an anti-reflection film. The fixed charge film and the anti-reflection film are provided, for example, on the surface 11S2 side of the semiconductor layer 110. The fixed charge film is a film having a fixed charge, and may be formed using a high dielectric material. As an example, the fixed charge film is made of a metal oxide such as hafnium oxide or aluminum oxide.
固定電荷膜は、例えば、負の固定電荷を有する膜である。固定電荷膜は、一例として、半導体層110とフィルタ22との間に設けられる。固定電荷膜が設けられることで、半導体層110の界面における暗電流の発生が抑制される。なお、固定電荷膜は、他の金属酸化膜により構成されてもよく、金属窒化膜または金属酸窒化膜を用いて構成されてもよい。固定電荷膜として、正の固定電荷を有する膜を設けるようにしてもよい。 The fixed charge film is, for example, a film having a negative fixed charge. As an example, the fixed charge film is provided between the semiconductor layer 110 and the filter 22. By providing the fixed charge film, the generation of dark current at the interface of the semiconductor layer 110 is suppressed. The fixed charge film may be formed of another metal oxide film, or may be formed using a metal nitride film or a metal oxynitride film. A film having a positive fixed charge may be provided as the fixed charge film.
反射防止膜は、一例として、窒化シリコン(SiN)、酸化シリコン(SiO)等の絶縁材料を用いて構成される。反射防止膜は、例えば、固定電荷膜と積層するように設けられる。反射防止膜は、例えば、半導体層110とフィルタ22との間に設けられ、反射を低減(抑制)する。なお、反射防止膜は、酸化アルミニウム、酸化ハフニウム、酸化タンタル等の金属化合物(金属酸化物、金属窒化物等)を用いて構成されてもよく、他の材料を用いて構成されてもよい。 The anti-reflection film is, for example, made of an insulating material such as silicon nitride (SiN) or silicon oxide (SiO). The anti-reflection film is provided, for example, so as to be laminated with the fixed charge film. The anti-reflection film is provided, for example, between the semiconductor layer 110 and the filter 22, and reduces (suppresses) reflection. The anti-reflection film may be made of a metal compound (metal oxide, metal nitride, etc.) such as aluminum oxide, hafnium oxide, or tantalum oxide, or may be made of other materials.
[作用・効果]
本実施の形態に係る光検出装置は、半導体層(半導体層110)と、半導体層に設けられる光電変換素子(光電変換部12)を有する第1画素(例えば画素Pa)を含む複数の画素と、半導体層において、隣り合う複数の画素の間に設けられるトレンチ(トレンチ91、トレンチ92)とを備える。第1画素は、半導体層の第1面側に設けられるトランジスタ(画素トランジスタ30)と、半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域(半導体領域35)と、第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクト(コンタクト55)とを含む。第1半導体領域は、トランジスタに隣接するように設けられる。トランジスタは、半導体層の第1面側において半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極(ゲート電極42)を有する。
[Action and Effects]
The photodetector according to the present embodiment includes a semiconductor layer (semiconductor layer 110), a plurality of pixels including a first pixel (e.g., pixel Pa) having a photoelectric conversion element (photoelectric conversion unit 12) provided in the semiconductor layer, and trenches (trench 91, trench 92) provided between the plurality of adjacent pixels in the semiconductor layer. The first pixel includes a transistor (pixel transistor 30) provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region (semiconductor region 35) of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact (contact 55) electrically connected to the first semiconductor region. The first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor. The transistor has a gate electrode (gate electrode 42) provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
本実施の形態に係る光検出装置(撮像装置1)では、半導体領域35は、画素トランジスタ30に隣接するように設けられる。半導体領域35は、画素トランジスタ30のソース領域又はドレイン領域である半導体領域33に隣接して設けられる。また、画素トランジスタ30は、半導体層110の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極42を有する。このため、撮像装置1は、画素の微細化に有利な構造を有することができる。画素トランジスタのゲート面積を大きくすることができ、画素トランジスタの特性を向上させることが可能となる。微細化に有利な光検出装置を実現することが可能となる。 In the photodetection device (imaging device 1) according to this embodiment, the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the pixel transistor 30. The semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the semiconductor region 33, which is the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30. The pixel transistor 30 also has a gate electrode 42 that is provided to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer 110. For this reason, the imaging device 1 can have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization of pixels. The gate area of the pixel transistor can be increased, making it possible to improve the characteristics of the pixel transistor. It is possible to realize a photodetection device that is advantageous for miniaturization.
次に、本開示の変形例について説明する。以下では、上記実施の形態と同様の構成要素については同一の符号を付し、適宜説明を省略する。 Next, a modified example of the present disclosure will be described. In the following, components similar to those in the above embodiment will be given the same reference numerals, and descriptions will be omitted as appropriate.
(1-1.変形例1)
図10Aは、本開示の変形例1に係る撮像装置の画素の平面構成の一例を示す図である。図10Bは、撮像装置の画素の断面構成の一例を説明するための図である。図10Bは、図10Aに示したA-A’線の方向における画素の構成例を模式的に示している。
(1-1. Modification 1)
Fig. 10A is a diagram showing an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 1 of the present disclosure. Fig. 10B is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of the imaging device. Fig. 10B is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a pixel in the direction of line AA' shown in Fig. 10A.
本変形例に係る撮像装置1では、転送トランジスタTRは、縦型ゲート構造を有する。即ち、転送トランジスタTRは、バーティカルゲート(VG:Vertical Gate)構造を有する。転送トランジスタTRは、縦型トランジスタともいえる。転送トランジスタTRのゲート絶縁膜45及びゲート電極46の各々の少なくとも一部は、半導体層110内に設けられる。ゲート絶縁膜45とゲート電極46の各々の少なくとも一部は、例えば、図10Bに示す例のように、半導体層110を掘り込んで設けられる。 In the imaging device 1 according to this modified example, the transfer transistor TR has a vertical gate structure. That is, the transfer transistor TR has a vertical gate (VG) structure. The transfer transistor TR can also be called a vertical transistor. At least a portion of each of the gate insulating film 45 and the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR is provided within the semiconductor layer 110. At least a portion of each of the gate insulating film 45 and the gate electrode 46 is provided by digging into the semiconductor layer 110, for example, as shown in the example of FIG. 10B.
図10Bに示す例では、転送トランジスタTRのゲート電極46とゲート絶縁膜45の各々の一部は、例えば半導体層110に埋め込まれるように配置される。ゲート電極46は、例えば、光電変換部12に達するように設けられる。ゲート電極46は、半導体層110において、フローティングディフュージョンFDとトレンチ93との間から、光電変換部12の領域まで設けられ得る。ゲート絶縁膜45は、半導体層110内において、ゲート電極46に沿って形成される。 In the example shown in FIG. 10B, each part of the gate electrode 46 and the gate insulating film 45 of the transfer transistor TR is disposed so as to be embedded in, for example, the semiconductor layer 110. The gate electrode 46 is provided so as to reach, for example, the photoelectric conversion unit 12. The gate electrode 46 can be provided in the semiconductor layer 110 from between the floating diffusion FD and the trench 93 to the region of the photoelectric conversion unit 12. The gate insulating film 45 is formed along the gate electrode 46 within the semiconductor layer 110.
撮像装置1では、図10Bに示す例のように、転送トランジスタTRのゲート電極46の底部B3(下端)は、例えば、トレンチ93の底部B2よりも下方に位置する。ゲート電極46の底部B3は、例えば、半導体層110の面11S1からの深さがトレンチ93の底部B2よりも深い領域まで形成される。 In the imaging device 1, as shown in the example of FIG. 10B, the bottom B3 (lower end) of the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR is located, for example, below the bottom B2 of the trench 93. The bottom B3 of the gate electrode 46 is formed, for example, to a region whose depth from the surface 11S1 of the semiconductor layer 110 is deeper than the bottom B2 of the trench 93.
本変形例に係る撮像装置1では、転送トランジスタTRは、VG構造を有する。転送トランジスタTRのゲート電極46は、光電変換部12に達するように設けられ得る。このため、光電変換部12からフローティングディフュージョンFDへの電荷の転送効率を向上させることが可能となる。 In the imaging device 1 according to this modified example, the transfer transistor TR has a VG structure. The gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR can be provided so as to reach the photoelectric conversion unit 12. This makes it possible to improve the efficiency of charge transfer from the photoelectric conversion unit 12 to the floating diffusion FD.
また、撮像装置1では、転送トランジスタTRのゲート電極46の底部B3およびトレンチ93の底部B2よりもゲート電極42の底部B1が上方に位置するように、画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42が設けられる。このため、画素トランジスタ30を他の素子から適切に分離することができ、素子間のクロストークを抑制することができる。画素信号にノイズが混入することを抑制することが可能となる。 Furthermore, in the imaging device 1, the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30 is provided so that the bottom B1 of the gate electrode 42 is located higher than the bottom B3 of the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR and the bottom B2 of the trench 93. This allows the pixel transistor 30 to be appropriately isolated from other elements, and crosstalk between elements can be suppressed. It becomes possible to suppress the introduction of noise into the pixel signal.
(1-2.変形例2)
図11Aは、変形例2に係る撮像装置の画素の平面構成の一例を示す図である。図11Bは、撮像装置の画素の断面構成の一例を説明するための図である。図11Bは、図11Aに示したA-A’線の方向における画素の構成例を模式的に示している。
(1-2. Modification 2)
Fig. 11A is a diagram showing an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 2. Fig. 11B is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of an imaging device. Fig. 11B is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a pixel in the direction of line AA' shown in Fig. 11A.
転送トランジスタTRのゲート電極46は、トレンチ93に隣接するように設けられてもよい。転送トランジスタTRのゲート絶縁膜45及びゲート電極46は、例えば、図11A及び図11Bに示す例のように、トレンチ93に接するように設けられる。これにより、転送トランジスタTRに付加される寄生容量を低減することが可能となる。 The gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR may be provided adjacent to the trench 93. The gate insulating film 45 and gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR are provided to contact the trench 93, for example, as in the example shown in Figures 11A and 11B. This makes it possible to reduce the parasitic capacitance added to the transfer transistor TR.
本変形例に係る撮像装置1では、転送トランジスタTRに付加される寄生容量を小さくすることができ、転送トランジスタTRの特性を向上させることが可能となる。転送トランジスタTRのgm(相互コンダクタンス)を向上させることができる。また、消費電力を低減することが可能となる。 In the imaging device 1 according to this modified example, the parasitic capacitance added to the transfer transistor TR can be reduced, and the characteristics of the transfer transistor TR can be improved. The gm (mutual conductance) of the transfer transistor TR can be improved. In addition, power consumption can be reduced.
(1-3.変形例3)
図12Aは、変形例3に係る撮像装置の画素の平面構成の一例を示す図である。図12Bは、撮像装置の画素の断面構成の一例を説明するための図である。図12Bは、図12Aに示したA-A’線の方向における画素の構成例を模式的に示している。
(1-3. Modification 3)
Fig. 12A is a diagram showing an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 3. Fig. 12B is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of the imaging device. Fig. 12B is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a pixel in the direction of line AA' shown in Fig. 12A.
画素トランジスタ30は、図12Bに示すように、サイドウォール43を有する。サイドウォール43は、画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42の側面に設けられる。また、転送トランジスタTRは、サイドウォール47を有する。サイドウォール47は、転送トランジスタTRのゲート電極46の側面に設けられる。 As shown in FIG. 12B, the pixel transistor 30 has a sidewall 43. The sidewall 43 is provided on the side of the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30. The transfer transistor TR also has a sidewall 47. The sidewall 47 is provided on the side of the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR.
サイドウォール43,47は、例えば、酸化シリコン(SiO)、窒化シリコン(SiN)等の絶縁膜により構成され、ゲート電極42,46の周囲に設けられる。なお、サイドウォール43,47は、それぞれ、酸窒化シリコン(SiON)を用いて構成されてもよく、その他の材料を用いて構成されてもよい。 The sidewalls 43, 47 are made of an insulating film such as silicon oxide (SiO) or silicon nitride (SiN), and are provided around the gate electrodes 42, 46. The sidewalls 43, 47 may be made of silicon oxynitride (SiON) or other materials.
また、撮像装置1では、図12A及び図12Bに示すように、絶縁膜49が設けられる。絶縁膜49は、半導体層110において、フローティングディフュージョンFDと転送トランジスタTRのゲート電極46との間に設けられる。絶縁膜49は、例えば、図12Bに示すように、ゲート電極46における掘り込み部96に設けられる。絶縁膜49は、ゲート電極46の一部に置換して配置されるともいえる。掘り込み部96は、溝部(凹部)ともいえる。 Furthermore, in the imaging device 1, as shown in Figures 12A and 12B, an insulating film 49 is provided. The insulating film 49 is provided in the semiconductor layer 110 between the floating diffusion FD and the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR. For example, as shown in Figure 12B, the insulating film 49 is provided in a recessed portion 96 in the gate electrode 46. It can also be said that the insulating film 49 is disposed by replacing a part of the gate electrode 46. The recessed portion 96 can also be said to be a groove portion (recess).
絶縁膜49は、酸化膜、窒化膜、酸窒化膜等の絶縁膜により構成される。絶縁膜49は、酸化シリコン(SiO)、窒化シリコン(SiN)、酸化アルミニウム(AlO)、その他の絶縁材料を用いて形成される。絶縁膜49は、例えば、ゲート電極46の側面のうち、フローティングディフュージョンFDに対向する領域部分(図12Bでは、ゲート電極46の掘り込み部96)に設けられ得る。 The insulating film 49 is composed of an insulating film such as an oxide film, a nitride film, or an oxynitride film. The insulating film 49 is formed using silicon oxide (SiO), silicon nitride (SiN), aluminum oxide (AlO), or other insulating material. The insulating film 49 can be provided, for example, in the region of the side of the gate electrode 46 that faces the floating diffusion FD (recessed portion 96 of the gate electrode 46 in FIG. 12B).
本変形例に係る撮像装置1では、絶縁膜49が設けられることで、転送トランジスタTRに付加される寄生容量を低減することができる。転送トランジスタTRの特性を向上させることが可能となる。なお、絶縁膜49は、サイドウォール47と一体的に構成されていてもよい。サイドウォール47の少なくとも一部が、半導体層110内に設けられ、絶縁膜49として配置されてもよい。 In the imaging device 1 according to this modified example, the insulating film 49 is provided, so that the parasitic capacitance added to the transfer transistor TR can be reduced. The characteristics of the transfer transistor TR can be improved. The insulating film 49 may be configured integrally with the sidewall 47. At least a portion of the sidewall 47 may be provided within the semiconductor layer 110 and disposed as the insulating film 49.
(1-4.変形例4)
図13Aは、変形例4に係る撮像装置の画素の平面構成の一例を示す図である。図13Bは、撮像装置の画素の断面構成の一例を説明するための図である。図13Bは、図13Aに示したA-A’線の方向における画素の構成例を模式的に示している。
(1-4. Modification 4)
Fig. 13A is a diagram showing an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 4. Fig. 13B is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of the imaging device. Fig. 13B is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a pixel in the direction of line AA' shown in Fig. 13A.
撮像装置1では、図13A及び図13Bに示すように、絶縁膜48が設けられてもよい。絶縁膜48は、例えば、半導体層110において、画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42の端部における掘り込み部95に設けられる。図13Bに示す例では、絶縁膜48は、ゲート電極42の部分P1の一部に置換して配置されるともいえる。本変形例に係る撮像装置1では、ゲート電極42の掘り込み部96に絶縁膜48が設けられることで、ゲート位置のバラツキに起因する画素トランジスタ30の特性劣化を抑制することが可能となる。 In the imaging device 1, as shown in Figures 13A and 13B, an insulating film 48 may be provided. The insulating film 48 is provided, for example, in the semiconductor layer 110, in a recessed portion 95 at the end of the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30. In the example shown in Figure 13B, the insulating film 48 can be said to be disposed by replacing part of the portion P1 of the gate electrode 42. In the imaging device 1 according to this modified example, the insulating film 48 is provided in the recessed portion 96 of the gate electrode 42, making it possible to suppress deterioration of the characteristics of the pixel transistor 30 caused by variations in the gate position.
なお、撮像装置1の絶縁膜48の形状および配置は、図示した例に限られない。例えば、図14に示すように、画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42の両端部に絶縁膜48を設けるようにしてもよい。絶縁膜48は、サイドウォール43と一体的に構成されていてもよい。サイドウォール43の少なくとも一部が、半導体層110内に設けられ、絶縁膜48として配置されてもよい。 The shape and arrangement of the insulating film 48 of the imaging device 1 are not limited to the example shown in the figure. For example, as shown in FIG. 14, the insulating film 48 may be provided on both ends of the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30. The insulating film 48 may be configured integrally with the sidewall 43. At least a portion of the sidewall 43 may be provided within the semiconductor layer 110 and arranged as the insulating film 48.
(1-5.変形例5)
図15Aは、変形例5に係る撮像装置の画素の平面構成の一例を示す図である。図15Bは、撮像装置の画素の断面構成の一例を説明するための図である。図15Bは、図15Aに示したA-A’線の方向における画素の構成例を模式的に示している。
(1-5. Modification 5)
Fig. 15A is a diagram showing an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 5. Fig. 15B is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of the imaging device. Fig. 15B is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a pixel in the direction of line AA' shown in Fig. 15A.
転送トランジスタTRは、複数のバーティカルゲート(VG)を有していてもよい。図15A及び図15Bに示す例では、転送トランジスタTRは、ゲート電極46a及びゲート電極46bを有する。転送トランジスタTRは、縦型ゲートとなるゲート電極46a及びゲート電極46bによって、光電変換部12からの電荷の転送を行い得る。このため、電荷の転送効率を向上させることが可能となる。 The transfer transistor TR may have multiple vertical gates (VG). In the example shown in FIG. 15A and FIG. 15B, the transfer transistor TR has a gate electrode 46a and a gate electrode 46b. The transfer transistor TR can transfer charges from the photoelectric conversion unit 12 by the gate electrode 46a and the gate electrode 46b, which are vertical gates. This makes it possible to improve the charge transfer efficiency.
図16A及び図16Bは、変形例5に係る撮像装置の画素の別の構成例を説明するための図である。図16A及び図16Bに示す例のように、ゲート電極46a及びゲート電極46bの少なくとも一方の掘り込み部に、絶縁膜49を設けるようにしてもよい。例えば、転送トランジスタTRに付加される寄生容量を小さくすることができ、転送トランジスタTRの特性を向上させることが可能となる。 FIGS. 16A and 16B are diagrams for explaining another example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 5. As in the example shown in FIG. 16A and FIG. 16B, an insulating film 49 may be provided in the recessed portion of at least one of the gate electrodes 46a and 46b. For example, the parasitic capacitance added to the transfer transistor TR can be reduced, and the characteristics of the transfer transistor TR can be improved.
(1-6.変形例6)
図17は、変形例6に係る撮像装置の画素の構成例を説明するための図である。画素トランジスタ30のソース領域とドレイン領域とは、互いに異なる大きさを有していてもよい。例えば、撮像装置1では、画素トランジスタ30の半導体領域32及び半導体領域33のうち、ウェルコンタクト領域である半導体領域35に近い半導体領域33の大きさが、半導体領域32の大きさよりも小さい。
(1-6. Modification 6)
17 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 6. The source region and the drain region of the pixel transistor 30 may have different sizes. For example, in the imaging device 1, of the semiconductor region 32 and the semiconductor region 33 of the pixel transistor 30, the size of the semiconductor region 33 close to the semiconductor region 35, which is a well contact region, is smaller than the size of the semiconductor region 32.
また、撮像装置1では、画素トランジスタ30が配置されるアクティブ領域81のうち、半導体領域35に近い半導体領域33側の領域の大きさが、半導体領域32側の領域の大きさよりも小さくてもよい。画素トランジスタ30は、例えば、台形形状を有し得る。このように撮像装置1を構成することにより、ウェルコンタクト領域と画素トランジスタ30との間における電界(電位勾配)を緩和することが可能となる。これにより、画素信号にノイズが混入することを抑制し、画像の画質低下を抑制することが可能となる。 Furthermore, in the imaging device 1, the size of the area of the active region 81 in which the pixel transistors 30 are arranged, on the semiconductor region 33 side closer to the semiconductor region 35, may be smaller than the size of the area on the semiconductor region 32 side. The pixel transistors 30 may have, for example, a trapezoidal shape. By configuring the imaging device 1 in this way, it is possible to reduce the electric field (potential gradient) between the well contact region and the pixel transistors 30. This makes it possible to prevent noise from being mixed into the pixel signal and to prevent deterioration in image quality.
(1-7.変形例7)
図18は、変形例7に係る撮像装置の画素の構成例を説明するための図である。半導体領域35は、画素Pにおいて、画素トランジスタ30のゲート電極42及びゲート絶縁膜41の少なくとも一方に隣り合うように設けられてもよい。図18に示す例では、半導体領域35は、半導体層110の面11S1側において、画素トランジスタ30のゲート絶縁膜41及びゲート電極42に隣り合うようにアクティブ領域81に配置される。半導体領域35は、ゲート電極42等が配置されるアクティブ領域81に接して設けられる。なお、画素トランジスタ30の形状は、図18に示す例に限られず、適宜変更可能である。
(1-7. Modification 7)
Fig. 18 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 7. The semiconductor region 35 may be provided adjacent to at least one of the gate electrode 42 and the gate insulating film 41 of the pixel transistor 30 in the pixel P. In the example shown in Fig. 18, the semiconductor region 35 is arranged in the active region 81 on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110 so as to be adjacent to the gate insulating film 41 and the gate electrode 42 of the pixel transistor 30. The semiconductor region 35 is provided in contact with the active region 81 in which the gate electrode 42 and the like are arranged. Note that the shape of the pixel transistor 30 is not limited to the example shown in Fig. 18 and can be changed as appropriate.
本変形例に係る光検出装置では、トランジスタ(画素トランジスタ30)は、半導体層(半導体層110)の第1領域(アクティブ領域81)の上に設けられるゲート電極及びゲート絶縁膜(ゲート電極42及びゲート絶縁膜41)を有する。第1半導体領域は、トランジスタのゲート電極及びゲート絶縁膜の少なくとも一方に隣り合うように第1領域(アクティブ領域81)に接して設けられている。 In the photodetector according to this modified example, the transistor (pixel transistor 30) has a gate electrode and a gate insulating film (gate electrode 42 and gate insulating film 41) provided on a first region (active region 81) of the semiconductor layer (semiconductor layer 110). The first semiconductor region is provided in contact with the first region (active region 81) so as to be adjacent to at least one of the gate electrode and the gate insulating film of the transistor.
本変形例の場合も、撮像装置1は、微細化に有利な構造を有することができる。半導体領域35と画素トランジスタ30とが離れて配置される場合と比較して、画素Pにおいてトランジスタ等を配置する領域の面積を増やすことができる。画素Pに配置する画素トランジスタ30のサイズを大きくすることができ、読み出し回路20のトランジスタ(増幅トランジスタAMP、選択トランジスタSEL等)の特性を向上させることが可能となる。 In the case of this modified example, the imaging device 1 can also have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization. Compared to a case in which the semiconductor region 35 and the pixel transistor 30 are disposed apart, the area of the region in which the transistors, etc. are disposed in the pixel P can be increased. The size of the pixel transistor 30 disposed in the pixel P can be increased, making it possible to improve the characteristics of the transistors (amplification transistor AMP, selection transistor SEL, etc.) of the readout circuit 20.
(1-8.変形例8)
図19Aは、変形例8に係る撮像装置の画素の平面構成の一例を示す図である。図19Bは、撮像装置の画素の断面構成の一例を説明するための図である。図19Bは、図19Aに示したA-A’線の方向における画素の構成例を模式的に示している。
(1-8. Modification 8)
Fig. 19A is a diagram showing an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 8. Fig. 19B is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of an imaging device. Fig. 19B is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a pixel in the direction of line AA' shown in Fig. 19A.
本変形例に係る撮像装置1では、図19A及び図19Bに示すように、導体領域36が設けられる。導体領域36は、半導体領域35の周囲に設けられる。導体領域36の少なくとも一部は、半導体領域35に接して設けられる。導体領域36は、例えば、半導体層110の面11S1側において、半導体領域35に隣り合って形成される。図19Bに示す例では、導体領域36は、トレンチ91,92内部の上方に位置している。 In the imaging device 1 according to this modified example, as shown in Figs. 19A and 19B, a conductor region 36 is provided. The conductor region 36 is provided around the semiconductor region 35. At least a portion of the conductor region 36 is provided in contact with the semiconductor region 35. The conductor region 36 is formed adjacent to the semiconductor region 35, for example, on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110. In the example shown in Fig. 19B, the conductor region 36 is located above and inside the trenches 91 and 92.
導体領域36は、例えば、不純物がドープ(添加)されたポリシリコンにより構成される。なお、導体領域36(導電部)は、他の導電材料(例えば金属材料など)を用いて構成されてもよい。導体領域36は、例えば、ウェル25の不純物濃度よりも高い不純物濃度を有している。 The conductor region 36 is made of, for example, polysilicon doped with impurities. Note that the conductor region 36 (conductive portion) may be made of other conductive materials (e.g., metal materials, etc.). The conductor region 36 has, for example, an impurity concentration higher than the impurity concentration of the well 25.
コンタクト55は、導体領域36の上に設けられる。コンタクト55は、導体領域36を介して、半導体領域35及びウェル25に電気的に接続される。本変形例に係る撮像装置1では、導体領域36を介して、ウェル25内に設けられた半導体領域35とコンタクト55とが電気的に接続される。ウェルコンタクト及びウェルコンタクト領域をサイドコンタクト構造とすることで、画素Pにおける面積効率を向上させることが可能となる。 The contact 55 is provided on the conductor region 36. The contact 55 is electrically connected to the semiconductor region 35 and the well 25 via the conductor region 36. In the imaging device 1 according to this modified example, the semiconductor region 35 provided in the well 25 is electrically connected to the contact 55 via the conductor region 36. By forming the well contact and the well contact region into a side contact structure, it is possible to improve the area efficiency of the pixel P.
また、コンタクト55と電気的に接続するために必要な半導体領域35の不純物濃度を低減することが可能となる。半導体領域35の不純物濃度を低減することで、半導体領域35と画素トランジスタ30の半導体領域33(ソース領域又はドレイン領域)の間における電界を小さくすることが可能となる。このため、画素トランジスタ30に欠陥が生じることを抑制することができる。画素信号に混入するノイズが増大することを防ぐことが可能となる。 In addition, it is possible to reduce the impurity concentration of the semiconductor region 35 required for electrical connection with the contact 55. By reducing the impurity concentration of the semiconductor region 35, it is possible to reduce the electric field between the semiconductor region 35 and the semiconductor region 33 (source region or drain region) of the pixel transistor 30. This makes it possible to suppress the occurrence of defects in the pixel transistor 30. It is also possible to prevent an increase in noise mixed into the pixel signal.
(1-9.変形例9)
図20Aは、変形例9に係る撮像装置の画素の平面構成の一例を示す図である。図20Bは、撮像装置の画素の断面構成の一例を説明するための図である。図20Bは、図20Aに示したA-A’線の方向における画素の構成例を模式的に示している。
(1-9. Modification 9)
Fig. 20A is a diagram showing an example of a planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 9. Fig. 20B is a diagram for explaining an example of a cross-sectional configuration of a pixel of an imaging device. Fig. 20B is a schematic diagram showing an example of the configuration of a pixel in the direction of line AA' shown in Fig. 20A.
撮像装置1は、図20A及び図20Bに示すように、半導体領域37を有していてもよい。半導体領域37は、半導体層110において、フローティングディフュージョンFDの周囲に設けられる。半導体領域37は、一例として、不純物がドープされたポリシリコンにより構成される。なお、半導体領域37は、他の導電材料を用いて構成されてもよい。半導体領域37の少なくとも一部は、フローティングディフュージョンFDに接して設けられる。 As shown in Figures 20A and 20B, the imaging device 1 may have a semiconductor region 37. The semiconductor region 37 is provided in the semiconductor layer 110 around the floating diffusion FD. As an example, the semiconductor region 37 is made of polysilicon doped with impurities. Note that the semiconductor region 37 may also be made of other conductive materials. At least a portion of the semiconductor region 37 is provided in contact with the floating diffusion FD.
読み出し回路20を共有する複数の画素P(例えば、図7等では画素Pa~画素Pd)の各々のフローティングディフュージョンFDは、半導体領域37を介して、互いに電気的に接続され得る。画素Pa~画素Pdの各々のフローティングディフュージョンFDは、半導体領域37を介して、読み出し回路20の増幅トランジスタAMP、リセットトランジスタRST等と電気的に接続される。 The floating diffusions FD of the multiple pixels P (for example, pixels Pa to Pd in FIG. 7 and the like) that share the readout circuit 20 can be electrically connected to each other via the semiconductor region 37. The floating diffusions FD of the pixels Pa to Pd are electrically connected to the amplification transistor AMP, reset transistor RST, etc. of the readout circuit 20 via the semiconductor region 37.
このように、本変形例に係る撮像装置1では、フローティングディフュージョンFD及び半導体領域37をサイドコンタクト構造とすることで、画素Pにおける面積効率を向上させることが可能となる。画素Pにおいてトランジスタ等を配置する領域の面積を確保することが可能となる。 In this way, in the imaging device 1 according to this modified example, the floating diffusion FD and the semiconductor region 37 are made to have a side contact structure, which makes it possible to improve the area efficiency of the pixel P. It becomes possible to secure the area of the region in the pixel P in which the transistors and the like are arranged.
<2.第2の実施の形態>
次に、本開示の第2の実施の形態について説明する。以下では、上述した実施の形態と同様の構成部分については同一の符号を付し、適宜説明を省略する。
2. Second embodiment
Next, a second embodiment of the present disclosure will be described. In the following, components similar to those in the above-described embodiment will be denoted by the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
図21は、本開示の第2の実施の形態に係る撮像装置の画素の配置例を示す図である。撮像装置1の画素Pは、複数の光電変換部12(図21に示す例では、光電変換部12a、光電変換部12b)を有する。光電変換部12bは、光電変換部12aの隣に設けられる。光電変換部12aを有する画素と、光電変換部12bを有する画素とが設けられるともいえる。 FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of pixel arrangement of an imaging device according to a second embodiment of the present disclosure. A pixel P of the imaging device 1 has multiple photoelectric conversion units 12 (photoelectric conversion unit 12a and photoelectric conversion unit 12b in the example shown in FIG. 21). Photoelectric conversion unit 12b is provided next to photoelectric conversion unit 12a. It can also be said that a pixel having photoelectric conversion unit 12a and a pixel having photoelectric conversion unit 12b are provided.
本実施の形態では、複数の光電変換部12、例えば2つの光電変換部12(光電変換部12a、光電変換部12b)に対して、1つのレンズ21(レンズ部)が設けられる。光電変換部12a及び光電変換部12bによって、撮像レンズ等の光学系の互いに異なる領域を通過した光が受光され、瞳分割が行われる。 In this embodiment, one lens 21 (lens unit) is provided for multiple photoelectric conversion units 12, for example, two photoelectric conversion units 12 (photoelectric conversion unit 12a, photoelectric conversion unit 12b). The photoelectric conversion units 12a and 12b receive light that has passed through different regions of an optical system such as an imaging lens, and perform pupil division.
光電変換部12aで光電変換された電荷に基づく第1の画素信号と、光電変換部12bで光電変換された電荷に基づく第2の画素信号とを用いることで、位相差データ(位相差情報)を得ることができる。位相差データを用いることで、位相差AF(Auto Focus)を行うことができる。 By using a first pixel signal based on the charge photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12a and a second pixel signal based on the charge photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12b, phase difference data (phase difference information) can be obtained. By using the phase difference data, phase difference AF (Auto Focus) can be performed.
読み出し回路20は、読み出し回路20を共有する各画素Pの第1の画素信号と第2の画素信号とを出力可能に構成される。また、読み出し回路20は、光電変換部12aで変換された電荷と光電変換部12bで変換された電荷とを加算した電荷に応じた画素信号を読み出し得る。 The readout circuit 20 is configured to be capable of outputting a first pixel signal and a second pixel signal for each pixel P that shares the readout circuit 20. The readout circuit 20 can also read out a pixel signal corresponding to the charge obtained by adding up the charge converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12a and the charge converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12b.
図22は、第2の実施の形態に係る撮像装置の画素の平面構成の一例を示す図である。 撮像装置1の画素Pは、転送トランジスタTRa,TRbと、フローティングディフュージョンFDa,FDbと、画素トランジスタ30a,30bと、半導体領域35を含んで構成される。 FIG. 22 is a diagram showing an example of the planar configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to the second embodiment. A pixel P of the imaging device 1 includes transfer transistors TRa and TRb, floating diffusions FDa and FDb, pixel transistors 30a and 30b, and a semiconductor region 35.
転送トランジスタTRaは、光電変換部12aで光電変換された電荷をフローティングディフュージョンFDaに転送可能に構成される。転送トランジスタTRbは、光電変換部12bで光電変換された電荷をフローティングディフュージョンFDbに転送可能に構成される。フローティングディフュージョンFDaは、光電変換部12aで光電変換された電荷を蓄積し得る。また、フローティングディフュージョンFDbは、光電変換部12bで光電変換された電荷を蓄積し得る。 The transfer transistor TRa is configured to be capable of transferring charges photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12a to the floating diffusion FDa. The transfer transistor TRb is configured to be capable of transferring charges photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12b to the floating diffusion FDb. The floating diffusion FDa can store charges photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12a. Furthermore, the floating diffusion FDb can store charges photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion unit 12b.
読み出し回路20は、例えば、フローティングディフュージョンFDaに蓄積された電荷に基づく画素信号、フローティングディフュージョンFDbに蓄積された電荷に基づく画素信号等を出力可能に構成される。また、例えば、読み出し回路20は、フローティングディフュージョンFDaに蓄積された電荷と、フローティングディフュージョンFDbに蓄積された電荷とを加算した電荷に応じた画素信号を出力可能に構成される。 The readout circuit 20 is configured to be capable of outputting, for example, a pixel signal based on the charge accumulated in the floating diffusion FDa, a pixel signal based on the charge accumulated in the floating diffusion FDb, etc. Also, for example, the readout circuit 20 is configured to be capable of outputting a pixel signal corresponding to the charge obtained by adding up the charge accumulated in the floating diffusion FDa and the charge accumulated in the floating diffusion FDb.
画素トランジスタ30a及び画素トランジスタ30bは、例えば、読み出し回路20のトランジスタである。半導体領域32a及び半導体領域33aは、画素トランジスタ30aのソース領域及びドレイン領域である。半導体領域32a,33aの一方は、画素トランジスタ30aのソース領域であり、半導体領域32a,33aの他方は、画素トランジスタ30aのドレイン領域である。 The pixel transistor 30a and the pixel transistor 30b are, for example, transistors of the readout circuit 20. The semiconductor region 32a and the semiconductor region 33a are the source region and the drain region of the pixel transistor 30a. One of the semiconductor regions 32a and 33a is the source region of the pixel transistor 30a, and the other of the semiconductor regions 32a and 33a is the drain region of the pixel transistor 30a.
また、半導体領域32b及び半導体領域33bは、画素トランジスタ30bのソース領域及びドレイン領域である。半導体領域32b,33bの一方は、画素トランジスタ30bのソース領域であり、半導体領域32b,33bの他方は、画素トランジスタ30bのドレイン領域である。 Furthermore, the semiconductor region 32b and the semiconductor region 33b are the source region and the drain region of the pixel transistor 30b. One of the semiconductor regions 32b and 33b is the source region of the pixel transistor 30b, and the other of the semiconductor regions 32b and 33b is the drain region of the pixel transistor 30b.
画素トランジスタ30a,30bは、それぞれ、増幅トランジスタAMP、選択トランジスタSEL、トランジスタFDG、又はリセットトランジスタRST等として用いられる。なお、一部の画素Pの画素トランジスタ30a又は画素トランジスタ30bは、ダミートランジスタであってもよい。読み出し回路20は、画素トランジスタ30a又は画素トランジスタ30bとして、ダミートランジスタを含んでいてもよい。なお、光電変換部12a,12bに対して、1つの画素トランジスタ30を設けるようにしてもよい。 The pixel transistors 30a and 30b are used as an amplification transistor AMP, a selection transistor SEL, a transistor FDG, a reset transistor RST, or the like. The pixel transistor 30a or the pixel transistor 30b of some pixels P may be a dummy transistor. The readout circuit 20 may include a dummy transistor as the pixel transistor 30a or the pixel transistor 30b. One pixel transistor 30 may be provided for each of the photoelectric conversion units 12a and 12b.
画素トランジスタ30a,30bは、それぞれ、Fin型トランジスタとして構成され得る。画素トランジスタ30aは、複数の部分P1a(フィン部)を含むゲート電極42aを有する。ゲート電極42aの複数の部分P1aは、画素トランジスタ30aのチャネル領域となる半導体層110の部分を挟むように、半導体層110に設けられる。 The pixel transistors 30a and 30b can each be configured as a Fin type transistor. The pixel transistor 30a has a gate electrode 42a that includes multiple portions P1a (fin portions). The multiple portions P1a of the gate electrode 42a are provided in the semiconductor layer 110 so as to sandwich a portion of the semiconductor layer 110 that becomes the channel region of the pixel transistor 30a.
また、画素トランジスタ30bは、複数の部分P1b(フィン部)を含むゲート電極42bを有する。ゲート電極42bの複数の部分P1bは、画素トランジスタ30bのチャネル領域となる半導体層110の部分を挟むように、半導体層110に設けられる。画素トランジスタ30a,30bは、例えば、それぞれ、掘り込みFin構造を有し、掘り込みFinトランジスタともいえる。 The pixel transistor 30b also has a gate electrode 42b that includes multiple portions P1b (fin portions). The multiple portions P1b of the gate electrode 42b are provided in the semiconductor layer 110 so as to sandwich a portion of the semiconductor layer 110 that becomes the channel region of the pixel transistor 30b. The pixel transistors 30a and 30b each have, for example, a recessed Fin structure and can also be called a recessed Fin transistor.
また、撮像装置1は、分離部95a及び分離部95bを有し得る。分離部95a及び分離部95bは、例えば、それぞれ、トレンチを含んで構成される。分離部95a及び分離部95bは、例えば、それぞれ、半導体層110において光電変換部12aと光電変換部12bとの間に設けられる。 The imaging device 1 may also have a separation portion 95a and a separation portion 95b. The separation portion 95a and the separation portion 95b may each include a trench, for example. The separation portion 95a and the separation portion 95b may each be provided between the photoelectric conversion portion 12a and the photoelectric conversion portion 12b in the semiconductor layer 110, for example.
分離部95a及び分離部95bは、絶縁材料を用いて構成されてもよく、イオン注入によって形成された半導体領域によって構成されてもよい。例えば、分離部95a及び分離部95bは、p型の半導体領域またはn型の半導体領域により構成され得る。 Isolation portion 95a and isolation portion 95b may be made of an insulating material, or may be made of a semiconductor region formed by ion implantation. For example, isolation portion 95a and isolation portion 95b may be made of a p-type semiconductor region or an n-type semiconductor region.
分離部95aは、例えば、半導体層110の面11S1側において、隣り合う複数のフローティングディフュージョンFDの間に設けられる。図22に示す例では、分離部95aは、フローティングディフュージョンFDaとフローティングディフュージョンFDbとの間に形成される。 The separation portion 95a is provided, for example, between adjacent floating diffusions FD on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110. In the example shown in FIG. 22, the separation portion 95a is formed between the floating diffusion FDa and the floating diffusion FDb.
分離部95bは、半導体層110の面11S1側において、隣り合う複数の画素トランジスタ30の間に設けられる。図22に示す例では、分離部95bは、画素トランジスタ30aと画素トランジスタ30bとの間に形成される。半導体領域35は、例えば、図22に示すように、平面視において、分離部95aと分離部95bとの間に設けられる。 The separation portion 95b is provided between adjacent pixel transistors 30 on the surface 11S1 side of the semiconductor layer 110. In the example shown in FIG. 22, the separation portion 95b is formed between pixel transistor 30a and pixel transistor 30b. The semiconductor region 35 is provided between the separation portion 95a and separation portion 95b in a plan view, for example, as shown in FIG. 22.
本実施の形態に係る撮像装置1では、半導体領域35は、画素トランジスタ30a及び画素トランジスタ30bに隣接するように設けられる。半導体領域35は、例えば、画素Pにおいて、画素トランジスタ30aのソース領域又はドレイン領域と、画素トランジスタ30bのソース領域又はドレイン領域に隣接して配置される。 In the imaging device 1 according to this embodiment, the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the pixel transistor 30a and the pixel transistor 30b. For example, in the pixel P, the semiconductor region 35 is disposed adjacent to the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30a and the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30b.
図22に示す例では、半導体領域35と、画素トランジスタ30aのソース領域又はドレイン領域と、画素トランジスタ30bのソース領域又はドレイン領域とは、アクティブ領域81に設けられる。半導体領域35は、画素トランジスタ30aの半導体領域33aと、画素トランジスタ30bの半導体領域33bに隣接するように設けられる。なお、半導体領域35は、半導体領域32a,32bに隣接して設けられてもよい。また、半導体領域35は、画素トランジスタ30a,30bの各々のゲートに隣接するように設けられてもよい。 In the example shown in FIG. 22, the semiconductor region 35, the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30a, and the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30b are provided in the active region 81. The semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the semiconductor region 33a of the pixel transistor 30a and the semiconductor region 33b of the pixel transistor 30b. The semiconductor region 35 may be provided adjacent to the semiconductor regions 32a and 32b. The semiconductor region 35 may also be provided adjacent to the gates of the pixel transistors 30a and 30b.
このように、本実施の形態では、半導体領域35は、画素トランジスタ30a及び画素トランジスタ30bに隣接して設けられる。このため、撮像装置1は、微細化に有利な構造を有することができる。半導体領域35と画素トランジスタ30a,30bとが離れて設けられる場合と比較して、画素Pにおいてトランジスタ等を配置する領域の面積を増やすことができる。画素Pに配置するトランジスタのサイズを大きくすることが可能となる。 In this manner, in this embodiment, the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the pixel transistor 30a and the pixel transistor 30b. This allows the imaging device 1 to have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization. Compared to a case in which the semiconductor region 35 and the pixel transistors 30a and 30b are provided apart, the area of the region in which the transistors and the like are arranged in the pixel P can be increased. It is possible to increase the size of the transistors arranged in the pixel P.
また、撮像装置1では、画素トランジスタ30a,30bは、それぞれ、Fin型トランジスタとして構成され得る。このため、画素トランジスタ30a,30bのゲート電極42a,42bの面積を大きくすることができる。ゲート電極42a,42bの各々の実効的なゲート幅等を大きくすることが可能となる。読み出し回路20のトランジスタ(例えば増幅トランジスタAMP)のゲートの面積を大きくすることができ、画素の信号に混入するノイズを抑制することが可能となる。 Furthermore, in the imaging device 1, the pixel transistors 30a, 30b can each be configured as a Fin-type transistor. This allows the area of the gate electrodes 42a, 42b of the pixel transistors 30a, 30b to be increased. It is possible to increase the effective gate width, etc., of each of the gate electrodes 42a, 42b. The gate area of the transistors of the readout circuit 20 (e.g., the amplification transistor AMP) can be increased, making it possible to suppress noise that gets mixed into the pixel signal.
[作用・効果]
本実施の形態に係る光検出装置は、半導体層(半導体層110)と、半導体層に設けられる第1光電変換素子及び第2光電変換素子(光電変換部12a及び光電変換部12b。即ち第1光電変換領域及び第2光電変換領域)を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、半導体層において、隣り合う複数の画素の間に設けられるトレンチ(トレンチ91、トレンチ92)とを備える。第1画素は、半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1トランジスタ及び第2トランジスタ(画素トランジスタ30a、画素トランジスタ30b)と、半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域(半導体領域35)と、第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクト(コンタクト55)とを含む。第1半導体領域は、第1トランジスタと第2トランジスタに隣接するように設けられる。第1トランジスタは、半導体層の第1面側において半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極(例えばゲート電極42a)を有する。
[Action and Effects]
The photodetector according to the present embodiment includes a semiconductor layer (semiconductor layer 110), a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a first photoelectric conversion element and a second photoelectric conversion element (photoelectric conversion unit 12a and photoelectric conversion unit 12b, i.e., a first photoelectric conversion region and a second photoelectric conversion region) provided in the semiconductor layer, and trenches (trench 91, trench 92) provided between the adjacent pixels in the semiconductor layer. The first pixel includes a first transistor and a second transistor (pixel transistor 30a, pixel transistor 30b) provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region (semiconductor region 35) of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact (contact 55) electrically connected to the first semiconductor region. The first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the first transistor and the second transistor. The first transistor has a gate electrode (e.g., gate electrode 42a) provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
本実施の形態に係る光検出装置(撮像装置1)では、半導体領域35は、画素トランジスタ30aと画素トランジスタ30bに隣接するように設けられる。半導体領域35は、画素トランジスタ30aのソース領域又はドレイン領域である半導体領域33aと、画素トランジスタ30bのソース領域又はドレイン領域である半導体領域33bに隣接して設けられる。また、画素トランジスタ30aは、半導体層110の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極42aを有する。このため、撮像装置1は、画素の微細化に有利な構造を有することができる。画素トランジスタのゲート面積を大きくすることができ、画素トランジスタの特性を向上させることが可能となる。微細化に有利な光検出装置を実現することが可能となる。 In the photodetection device (imaging device 1) according to this embodiment, the semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the pixel transistor 30a and the pixel transistor 30b. The semiconductor region 35 is provided adjacent to the semiconductor region 33a, which is the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30a, and the semiconductor region 33b, which is the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30b. The pixel transistor 30a also has a gate electrode 42a that is provided to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer 110. For this reason, the imaging device 1 can have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization of pixels. The gate area of the pixel transistor can be increased, making it possible to improve the characteristics of the pixel transistor. It is possible to realize a photodetection device that is advantageous for miniaturization.
次に、本開示の変形例について説明する。以下では、上記実施の形態と同様の構成要素については同一の符号を付し、適宜説明を省略する。 Next, a modified example of the present disclosure will be described. In the following, components similar to those in the above embodiment will be given the same reference numerals, and descriptions will be omitted as appropriate.
(2-1.変形例10)
図23は、変形例10に係る撮像装置の画素の構成例を説明するための図である。転送トランジスタTRは、バーティカルゲート(VG)構造を有していてもよい。図23に示す例では、転送トランジスタTRa,TRbは、それぞれ、バーティカルゲート(VG)を有する。本変形例の場合、光電変換部12a,12bからフローティングディフュージョンFDa,FDbへの電荷の転送効率を向上させることが可能となる。
(2-1. Modification 10)
23 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 10. The transfer transistor TR may have a vertical gate (VG) structure. In the example shown in FIG. 23, the transfer transistors TRa and TRb each have a vertical gate (VG). In the case of this modification, it is possible to improve the transfer efficiency of charges from the photoelectric conversion units 12a and 12b to the floating diffusions FDa and FDb.
(2-2.変形例11)
図24は、変形例11に係る撮像装置の画素の構成例を説明するための図である。図24に示す例のように、転送トランジスタTRaのゲート電極46aと転送トランジスタTRbのゲート電極46bは、トレンチ91(又はトレンチ93)に隣接するように設けられてもよい。この場合、転送トランジスタTRa,TRbに付加される寄生容量を低減することができる。転送トランジスタTRa,TRbの特性を向上させることが可能となる。
(2-2. Modification 11)
24 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 11. As shown in the example of FIG. 24, the gate electrode 46a of the transfer transistor TRa and the gate electrode 46b of the transfer transistor TRb may be provided adjacent to the trench 91 (or the trench 93). In this case, the parasitic capacitance added to the transfer transistors TRa and TRb can be reduced. The characteristics of the transfer transistors TRa and TRb can be improved.
図25は、変形例11に係る撮像装置の画素の別の構成例を説明するための図である。撮像装置1は、図25に示すように、絶縁膜49a及び絶縁膜49bを有していてもよい。絶縁膜49aは、半導体層110において、フローティングディフュージョンFDaと転送トランジスタTRaのゲート電極46aとの間に設けられる。絶縁膜49aは、例えば、ゲート電極46aにおける掘り込み部に形成され得る。 FIG. 25 is a diagram for explaining another example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 11. As shown in FIG. 25, the imaging device 1 may have an insulating film 49a and an insulating film 49b. The insulating film 49a is provided in the semiconductor layer 110 between the floating diffusion FDa and the gate electrode 46a of the transfer transistor TRa. The insulating film 49a may be formed, for example, in a recessed portion of the gate electrode 46a.
また、絶縁膜49bは、半導体層110において、フローティングディフュージョンFDbと転送トランジスタTRbのゲート電極46bとの間に設けられる。絶縁膜49bは、例えば、ゲート電極46bにおける掘り込み部に形成され得る。撮像装置1では、絶縁膜49a及び絶縁膜49bが設けられることで、転送トランジスタTRa,TRbに付加される寄生容量を低減することができ、転送トランジスタTRa,TRbの特性を向上させることが可能となる。 In addition, the insulating film 49b is provided in the semiconductor layer 110 between the floating diffusion FDb and the gate electrode 46b of the transfer transistor TRb. The insulating film 49b can be formed, for example, in a recessed portion of the gate electrode 46b. In the imaging device 1, by providing the insulating films 49a and 49b, the parasitic capacitance added to the transfer transistors TRa and TRb can be reduced, and the characteristics of the transfer transistors TRa and TRb can be improved.
なお、撮像装置1では、画素トランジスタ30aのゲート電極42aの端部における掘り込み部に、上述した絶縁膜48を設けるようにしてもよい。また、例えば、画素トランジスタ30bのゲート電極42bの端部における掘り込み部に、絶縁膜48を設けるようにしてもよい。 In the imaging device 1, the insulating film 48 described above may be provided in the recessed portion at the end of the gate electrode 42a of the pixel transistor 30a. Also, for example, the insulating film 48 may be provided in the recessed portion at the end of the gate electrode 42b of the pixel transistor 30b.
(2-3.変形例12)
図26は、変形例12に係る撮像装置の画素の構成例を説明するための図である。転送トランジスタTRa,TRbは、それぞれ、複数のバーティカルゲート(VG)を有していてもよい。図26に示す例では、転送トランジスタTRaは、ゲート電極46a1及びゲート電極46a2を有する。また、転送トランジスタTRbは、ゲート電極46b1及びゲート電極46b2を有する。このように撮像装置1を構成することで、電荷の転送効率を向上させることが可能となる。
(2-3. Modification 12)
26 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 12. Each of the transfer transistors TRa and TRb may have a plurality of vertical gates (VG). In the example shown in FIG. 26, the transfer transistor TRa has a gate electrode 46a1 and a gate electrode 46a2. Also, the transfer transistor TRb has a gate electrode 46b1 and a gate electrode 46b2. By configuring the imaging device 1 in this way, it is possible to improve the transfer efficiency of the charge.
図27は、変形例12に係る撮像装置の画素の別の構成例を説明するための図である。図27に示す例では、転送トランジスタTRaのゲート電極46a1及びゲート電極46a2は、画素トランジスタ30aとフローティングディフュージョンFDaとの間に設けられる。画素トランジスタ30aと、ゲート電極46a1(又はゲート電極46a2)と、フローティングディフュージョンFDaとが、平面視において、Y軸方向に並ぶように設けられる。 FIG. 27 is a diagram for explaining another example of the configuration of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 12. In the example shown in FIG. 27, the gate electrode 46a1 and the gate electrode 46a2 of the transfer transistor TRa are provided between the pixel transistor 30a and the floating diffusion FDa. The pixel transistor 30a, the gate electrode 46a1 (or the gate electrode 46a2), and the floating diffusion FDa are arranged to be aligned in the Y-axis direction in a plan view.
また、図27に示す例では、転送トランジスタTRbのゲート電極46b1及びゲート電極46b2は、画素トランジスタ30bとフローティングディフュージョンFDbとの間に設けられる。画素トランジスタ30bと、ゲート電極46b1(又はゲート電極46b2)と、フローティングディフュージョンFDbとが、平面視において、Y軸方向に並ぶように設けられる。このように撮像装置1を構成することで、電荷の転送効率をより向上させることが期待できる。 In the example shown in FIG. 27, the gate electrodes 46b1 and 46b2 of the transfer transistor TRb are provided between the pixel transistor 30b and the floating diffusion FDb. The pixel transistor 30b, the gate electrode 46b1 (or the gate electrode 46b2), and the floating diffusion FDb are arranged in the Y-axis direction in a plan view. By configuring the imaging device 1 in this way, it is expected that the charge transfer efficiency can be further improved.
なお、撮像装置1の画素Pでは、画素トランジスタ30aと、ゲート電極46a1(又はゲート電極46a2)と、フローティングディフュージョンFDaとが、平面視において、X軸方向に並んで設けられてもよい。また、画素トランジスタ30bと、ゲート電極46b1(又はゲート電極46b2)と、フローティングディフュージョンFDbとが、平面視において、X軸方向に並んで設けられてもよい。 In the pixel P of the imaging device 1, the pixel transistor 30a, the gate electrode 46a1 (or the gate electrode 46a2), and the floating diffusion FDa may be arranged side by side in the X-axis direction in a planar view. Also, the pixel transistor 30b, the gate electrode 46b1 (or the gate electrode 46b2), and the floating diffusion FDb may be arranged side by side in the X-axis direction in a planar view.
(2-4.変形例13)
図28は、変形例13に係る撮像装置の画素の構成例を説明するための図である。画素トランジスタ30a(又は画素トランジスタ30b)のソース領域とドレイン領域とは、図28に示す例のように、互いに異なる大きさを有していてもよい。
(2-4. Modification 13)
Fig. 28 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 13. The source region and the drain region of the pixel transistor 30a (or the pixel transistor 30b) may have different sizes from each other, as in the example shown in Fig. 28.
一例として、撮像装置1では、画素トランジスタ30aの半導体領域32a及び半導体領域33aのうち、ウェルコンタクト領域である半導体領域35に近い半導体領域33aの大きさが、半導体領域32aの大きさよりも小さい。また、撮像装置1では、画素トランジスタ30aが配置されるアクティブ領域81のうち、半導体領域35に近い半導体領域33a側の領域の大きさが、半導体領域32a側の領域の大きさよりも小さくてもよい。 As an example, in the imaging device 1, of the semiconductor region 32a and the semiconductor region 33a of the pixel transistor 30a, the size of the semiconductor region 33a close to the semiconductor region 35, which is a well contact region, is smaller than the size of the semiconductor region 32a. Also, in the imaging device 1, of the active region 81 in which the pixel transistor 30a is arranged, the size of the region on the semiconductor region 33a side close to the semiconductor region 35 may be smaller than the size of the region on the semiconductor region 32a side.
また、例えば、撮像装置1では、画素トランジスタ30bの半導体領域32b及び半導体領域33bのうち、ウェルコンタクト領域である半導体領域35に近い半導体領域33bの大きさが、半導体領域32bの大きさよりも小さい。画素トランジスタ30bが配置されるアクティブ領域81のうち、半導体領域35に近い半導体領域33b側の領域の大きさが、半導体領域32b側の領域の大きさよりも小さくてもよい。 Also, for example, in the imaging device 1, of the semiconductor region 32b and the semiconductor region 33b of the pixel transistor 30b, the size of the semiconductor region 33b close to the semiconductor region 35, which is a well contact region, is smaller than the size of the semiconductor region 32b. Of the active region 81 in which the pixel transistor 30b is arranged, the size of the region on the semiconductor region 33b side close to the semiconductor region 35 may be smaller than the size of the region on the semiconductor region 32b side.
画素トランジスタ30a及び画素トランジスタ30bは、例えば、それぞれ、台形形状を有し得る。本変形例に係る撮像装置1では、ウェルコンタクト領域と画素トランジスタ30a(又は画素トランジスタ30b)との間における電界を緩和することが可能となる。画素信号にノイズが混入することを抑制し、画像の画質低下を抑制することが可能となる。 The pixel transistor 30a and the pixel transistor 30b may each have, for example, a trapezoidal shape. In the imaging device 1 according to this modified example, it is possible to reduce the electric field between the well contact region and the pixel transistor 30a (or the pixel transistor 30b). This makes it possible to prevent noise from being mixed into the pixel signal and to prevent deterioration in image quality.
(2-5.変形例14)
図29は、変形例14に係る撮像装置の画素の構成例を説明するための図である。撮像装置1は、図29に示す例のように、複数のフローティングディフュージョンFDを電気的に接続する半導体領域37を有していてもよい。また、撮像装置1は、コンタクト55と半導体領域35とを電気的に接続する上述の導体領域36を有していてもよい。
(2-5. Modification 14)
Fig. 29 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification Example 14. The imaging device 1 may have a semiconductor region 37 that electrically connects a plurality of floating diffusions FD, as in the example shown in Fig. 29. The imaging device 1 may also have the above-mentioned conductor region 36 that electrically connects a contact 55 and the semiconductor region 35.
(2-6.変形例15)
図30は、変形例15に係る撮像装置の画素の構成例を説明するための図である。図30に示すように、半導体領域35を、画素トランジスタ30aのソース領域又はドレイン領域である半導体領域33aと、画素トランジスタ30bのソース領域又はドレイン領域である半導体領域33bとの間に設けるようにしてもよい。この場合、コンタクト55と画素トランジスタ30a,30bのチャネル領域との距離を確保することができる。
(2-6. Modification 15)
Fig. 30 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of a pixel of an imaging device according to Modification 15. As shown in Fig. 30, a semiconductor region 35 may be provided between a semiconductor region 33a which is a source region or drain region of a pixel transistor 30a and a semiconductor region 33b which is a source region or drain region of a pixel transistor 30b. In this case, a distance between a contact 55 and the channel regions of the pixel transistors 30a and 30b can be ensured.
撮像装置1は、図30に示す例のように、分離部95a及び分離部95bを有し得る。なお、撮像装置1を、分離部95a及び分離部95bの一方のみを有する構成としてもよい。例えば、図31に示す例のように、撮像装置1の画素Pでは、分離部95aのみを配置し、分離部95bを配置しなくてもよい。半導体領域35を、画素トランジスタ30aのソース領域又はドレイン領域である半導体領域32aと、画素トランジスタ30bのソース領域又はドレイン領域である半導体領域32bとの間に配置するようにしてもよい。 The imaging device 1 may have a separation portion 95a and a separation portion 95b, as in the example shown in FIG. 30. The imaging device 1 may be configured to have only one of the separation portion 95a and the separation portion 95b. For example, as in the example shown in FIG. 31, in a pixel P of the imaging device 1, only the separation portion 95a may be disposed, and the separation portion 95b may not be disposed. The semiconductor region 35 may be disposed between the semiconductor region 32a, which is the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30a, and the semiconductor region 32b, which is the source region or drain region of the pixel transistor 30b.
図30又は図31に示すように、半導体領域35(又はアクティブ領域81)は、第1部分61と、第2部分62とを有し得る。第1部分61は、平面視において、画素トランジスタ30a及び画素トランジスタ30bと水平方向(X軸方向)に隣接するように設けられる。第1部分61は、例えば、画素トランジスタ30a,30bの各々のゲートに隣り合うように配置される。 As shown in FIG. 30 or 31, the semiconductor region 35 (or the active region 81) can have a first portion 61 and a second portion 62. The first portion 61 is provided adjacent to the pixel transistors 30a and 30b in the horizontal direction (X-axis direction) in a plan view. The first portion 61 is disposed, for example, adjacent to the gates of the pixel transistors 30a and 30b.
また、第2部分62は、第1部分61と垂直方向(Y軸方向)に接する。コンタクト55は、第2部分62に設けられる。コンタクト55は、第2部分62上に設けられている。第1部分61は、例えば、第2部分62の不純物濃度よりも低い不純物濃度を有する。 The second portion 62 is in contact with the first portion 61 in the vertical direction (Y-axis direction). The contact 55 is provided in the second portion 62. The contact 55 is provided on the second portion 62. The first portion 61 has, for example, an impurity concentration lower than the impurity concentration of the second portion 62.
図30に示すように、半導体領域35は分離部95aと分離部95bとの間に位置し、コンタクト55は画素トランジスタ30a,30bの各々のチャネル領域から離れている。このため、画素の信号にノイズが混入することを抑制することができる。位相差検出の精度が低下することを抑制することが可能となる。また、画像の画質低下を抑制することが期待できる。さらに、コンタクト55をチャネル領域から離す(遠ざける)ことで、チャネル領域と半導体領域35とが隣り合う部分付近の不純物濃度を低くすることもできる。これにより、強電界の発生を緩和した設計が可能となる。 As shown in FIG. 30, the semiconductor region 35 is located between the isolation portions 95a and 95b, and the contact 55 is separated from the channel regions of the pixel transistors 30a and 30b. This makes it possible to prevent noise from being mixed into the pixel signal. It is also possible to prevent a decrease in the accuracy of phase difference detection. It is also expected that a decrease in image quality can be prevented. Furthermore, by separating (moving away) the contact 55 from the channel region, it is also possible to lower the impurity concentration near the portion where the channel region and the semiconductor region 35 are adjacent to each other. This makes it possible to design in a way that reduces the generation of strong electric fields.
また、第1部分61は、例えば、コンタクト55に接続される第2部分62の不純物濃度よりも低い不純物濃度を有する。第1部分61の不純物濃度を低くすることで、第1部分61とチャネル領域の間において強電界が生じることを抑制することができる。このため、画素信号に混入するノイズを低減させることが期待できる。 Furthermore, the first portion 61 has, for example, an impurity concentration lower than the impurity concentration of the second portion 62 connected to the contact 55. By lowering the impurity concentration of the first portion 61, it is possible to suppress the generation of a strong electric field between the first portion 61 and the channel region. This is expected to reduce noise mixed into the pixel signal.
<3.第3の実施の形態>
次に、本開示の第3の実施の形態について説明する。以下では、上述した実施の形態と同様の構成部分については同一の符号を付し、適宜説明を省略する。
3. Third embodiment
Next, a third embodiment of the present disclosure will be described. In the following, components similar to those in the above-described embodiment will be denoted by the same reference numerals, and descriptions thereof will be omitted as appropriate.
図32は、本開示の第3の実施の形態に係る撮像装置の構成例を説明するための図である。上述した実施の形態では、半導体領域35と画素トランジスタ30とが同じアクティブ領域に配置される例について説明したが、半導体領域35と画素トランジスタ30とは互いに異なるアクティブ領域に配置されてもよい。 FIG. 32 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of an imaging device according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure. In the above-described embodiment, an example in which the semiconductor region 35 and the pixel transistor 30 are arranged in the same active region has been explained, but the semiconductor region 35 and the pixel transistor 30 may be arranged in different active regions.
図32に示す例では、画素トランジスタ30はアクティブ領域81aに設けられ、半導体領域35はアクティブ領域81bに設けられる。なお、転送トランジスタTR及びフローティングディフュージョンFDは、アクティブ領域82に設けられる。なお、撮像装置1の画素Pの構成は、図32に示す例に限られず、適宜変更可能である。 In the example shown in FIG. 32, the pixel transistor 30 is provided in the active region 81a, and the semiconductor region 35 is provided in the active region 81b. The transfer transistor TR and the floating diffusion FD are provided in the active region 82. The configuration of the pixel P of the imaging device 1 is not limited to the example shown in FIG. 32, and can be changed as appropriate.
図33A~図33Eは、第3の実施の形態に係る撮像装置の別の構成例を説明するための図である。例えば、転送トランジスタTRは、図33Aに示すように、バーティカルゲート(VG)構造を有していてもよい。また、転送トランジスタTRのゲート電極46は、図33Bに示すように、トレンチ91(又はトレンチ93)に隣接するように設けられてもよい。撮像装置1は、図33Cに示すように、絶縁膜49を有していてもよい。 FIGS. 33A to 33E are diagrams for explaining another example configuration of the imaging device according to the third embodiment. For example, the transfer transistor TR may have a vertical gate (VG) structure as shown in FIG. 33A. Furthermore, the gate electrode 46 of the transfer transistor TR may be provided adjacent to the trench 91 (or trench 93) as shown in FIG. 33B. The imaging device 1 may have an insulating film 49 as shown in FIG. 33C.
転送トランジスタTRは、図33Dに示すように、複数のバーティカルゲート(図33Dでは、ゲート電極46a及びゲート電極46b)を有していてもよい。また、撮像装置1では、図33Eに示す例のように、ゲート電極46a及びゲート電極46における掘り込み部に、絶縁膜49を設けるようにしてもよい。 The transfer transistor TR may have multiple vertical gates (gate electrodes 46a and 46b in FIG. 33D) as shown in FIG. 33D. In addition, in the imaging device 1, an insulating film 49 may be provided in the recessed portions of the gate electrodes 46a and 46 as shown in the example in FIG. 33E.
図34は、本開示の第3の実施の形態に係る撮像装置の構成例を説明するための図である。撮像装置1の画素Pは、複数の光電変換部12(図34に示す例では、光電変換部12a、光電変換部12b)を有していてもよい。光電変換部12aを有する画素と、光電変換部12bを有する画素とが設けられるともいえる。半導体領域35と画素トランジスタ30a(また、画素トランジスタ30b)とは、互いに異なるアクティブ領域に配置され得る。 FIG. 34 is a diagram for explaining a configuration example of an imaging device according to a third embodiment of the present disclosure. A pixel P of the imaging device 1 may have multiple photoelectric conversion units 12 (photoelectric conversion unit 12a, photoelectric conversion unit 12b in the example shown in FIG. 34). It can also be said that a pixel having a photoelectric conversion unit 12a and a pixel having a photoelectric conversion unit 12b are provided. The semiconductor region 35 and the pixel transistor 30a (and also the pixel transistor 30b) may be arranged in different active regions.
複数の光電変換部12、例えば2つの光電変換部12(光電変換部12a、光電変換部12b)に対して、1つのレンズ21(レンズ部)が設けられる。光電変換部12aで光電変換された電荷に基づく第1の画素信号と、光電変換部12bで光電変換された電荷に基づく第2の画素信号とを用いることで、位相差データを得ることができる。位相差データを用いることで、位相差AFを行うことができる。 One lens 21 (lens unit) is provided for multiple photoelectric conversion units 12, for example two photoelectric conversion units 12 (photoelectric conversion unit 12a, photoelectric conversion unit 12b). Phase difference data can be obtained by using a first pixel signal based on the charge photoelectrically converted by photoelectric conversion unit 12a and a second pixel signal based on the charge photoelectrically converted by photoelectric conversion unit 12b. Phase difference AF can be performed by using the phase difference data.
図35A~図35Eは、第3の実施の形態に係る撮像装置の別の構成例を説明するための図である。例えば、転送トランジスタTRa,TRbは、それぞれ、図35Aに示すように、バーティカルゲート(VG)構造を有していてもよい。また、図35Bに示す例のように、転送トランジスタTRaのゲート電極46aと転送トランジスタTRbのゲート電極46bは、トレンチ91(又はトレンチ93)に隣接するように設けられてもよい。また、撮像装置1は、図35Cに示すように、絶縁膜49a及び絶縁膜49bを有していてもよい。 FIGS. 35A to 35E are diagrams for explaining another example configuration of the imaging device according to the third embodiment. For example, the transfer transistors TRa and TRb may each have a vertical gate (VG) structure as shown in FIG. 35A. Also, as shown in the example in FIG. 35B, the gate electrode 46a of the transfer transistor TRa and the gate electrode 46b of the transfer transistor TRb may be provided adjacent to the trench 91 (or trench 93). Also, the imaging device 1 may have an insulating film 49a and an insulating film 49b as shown in FIG. 35C.
撮像装置1では、転送トランジスタTRa,TRbは、それぞれ、複数のバーティカルゲート(VG)を有していてもよい。例えば、図35Dに示すように、転送トランジスタTRaは、ゲート電極46a1及びゲート電極46a2を有していてもよい。また、転送トランジスタTRbは、ゲート電極46b1及びゲート電極46b2を有し得る。 In the imaging device 1, the transfer transistors TRa and TRb may each have multiple vertical gates (VG). For example, as shown in FIG. 35D, the transfer transistor TRa may have gate electrodes 46a1 and 46a2. The transfer transistor TRb may have gate electrodes 46b1 and 46b2.
撮像装置1は、図35Eに示す例のように、複数のフローティングディフュージョンFDを電気的に接続する半導体領域37を有していてもよい。また、撮像装置1は、コンタクト55と半導体領域35とを電気的に接続する上述した導体領域36を有していてもよい。 The imaging device 1 may have a semiconductor region 37 that electrically connects multiple floating diffusions FD, as in the example shown in FIG. 35E. The imaging device 1 may also have the above-mentioned conductor region 36 that electrically connects the contact 55 and the semiconductor region 35.
本実施の形態に係る光検出装置(撮像装置1)では、画素トランジスタ30は、半導体層110の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極42を有する。画素トランジスタ30は、Fin型トランジスタとして構成され得る。このため、撮像装置1は、画素の微細化に有利な構造を有することができる。画素トランジスタのゲート面積を大きくすることができ、画素トランジスタの特性を向上させることが可能となる。微細化に有利な光検出装置を実現することが可能となる。 In the photodetection device (imaging device 1) according to this embodiment, the pixel transistor 30 has a gate electrode 42 arranged to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer 110. The pixel transistor 30 can be configured as a Fin-type transistor. This allows the imaging device 1 to have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization of pixels. The gate area of the pixel transistor can be increased, making it possible to improve the characteristics of the pixel transistor. It is possible to realize a photodetection device that is advantageous for miniaturization.
<4.適用例>
上記撮像装置1等は、例えば、デジタルスチルカメラやビデオカメラ等のカメラシステムや、撮像機能を有する携帯電話等、撮像機能を備えたあらゆるタイプの電子機器に適用することができる。図36は、電子機器1000の概略構成を表したものである。
4. Application Examples
The imaging device 1 and the like can be applied to any type of electronic device equipped with an imaging function, for example, a camera system such as a digital still camera or a video camera, a mobile phone equipped with an imaging function, etc. Fig. 36 shows a schematic configuration of an electronic device 1000.
電子機器1000は、例えば、レンズ群1001と、撮像装置1と、DSP(Digital Signal Processor)回路1002と、フレームメモリ1003と、表示部1004と、記録部1005と、操作部1006と、電源部1007とを有し、バスライン1008を介して相互に接続されている。 The electronic device 1000 includes, for example, a lens group 1001, an imaging device 1, a DSP (Digital Signal Processor) circuit 1002, a frame memory 1003, a display unit 1004, a recording unit 1005, an operation unit 1006, and a power supply unit 1007, which are interconnected via a bus line 1008.
レンズ群1001は、被写体からの入射光(像光)を取り込んで撮像装置1の撮像面上に結像するものである。撮像装置1は、レンズ群1001によって撮像面上に結像された入射光の光量を画素単位で電気信号に変換して画素信号としてDSP回路1002に供給する。 The lens group 1001 captures incident light (image light) from a subject and forms an image on the imaging surface of the imaging device 1. The imaging device 1 converts the amount of incident light formed on the imaging surface by the lens group 1001 into an electrical signal on a pixel-by-pixel basis and supplies the signal as a pixel signal to the DSP circuit 1002.
DSP回路1002は、撮像装置1から供給される信号を処理する信号処理回路である。DSP回路1002は、撮像装置1からの信号を処理して得られる画像データを出力する。フレームメモリ1003は、DSP回路1002により処理された画像データをフレーム単位で一時的に保持するものである。 The DSP circuit 1002 is a signal processing circuit that processes the signal supplied from the imaging device 1. The DSP circuit 1002 outputs image data obtained by processing the signal from the imaging device 1. The frame memory 1003 temporarily holds the image data processed by the DSP circuit 1002 on a frame-by-frame basis.
表示部1004は、例えば、液晶パネルや有機EL(Electro Luminescence)パネル等のパネル型表示装置からなり、撮像装置1で撮像された動画または静止画の画像データを、半導体メモリやハードディスク等の記録媒体に記録する。 The display unit 1004 is, for example, a panel-type display device such as a liquid crystal panel or an organic EL (Electro Luminescence) panel, and records image data of moving images or still images captured by the imaging device 1 on a recording medium such as a semiconductor memory or a hard disk.
操作部1006は、ユーザによる操作に従い、電子機器1000が所有する各種の機能についての操作信号を出力する。電源部1007は、DSP回路1002、フレームメモリ1003、表示部1004、記録部1005および操作部1006の動作電源となる各種の電源を、これら供給対象に対して適宜供給するものである。 The operation unit 1006 outputs operation signals for various functions of the electronic device 1000 in accordance with operations by the user. The power supply unit 1007 appropriately supplies various types of power to the DSP circuit 1002, frame memory 1003, display unit 1004, recording unit 1005, and operation unit 1006 to these devices.
<5.応用例>
(移動体への応用例)
本開示に係る技術(本技術)は、様々な製品へ応用することができる。例えば、本開示に係る技術は、自動車、電気自動車、ハイブリッド電気自動車、自動二輪車、自転車、パーソナルモビリティ、飛行機、ドローン、船舶、ロボット等のいずれかの種類の移動体に搭載される装置として実現されてもよい。
<5. Application Examples>
(Example of application to moving objects)
The technology according to the present disclosure (the present technology) can be applied to various products. For example, the technology according to the present disclosure may be realized as a device mounted on any type of moving body such as an automobile, an electric vehicle, a hybrid electric vehicle, a motorcycle, a bicycle, a personal mobility device, an airplane, a drone, a ship, or a robot.
図37は、本開示に係る技術が適用され得る移動体制御システムの一例である車両制御システムの概略的な構成例を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 37 is a block diagram showing a schematic configuration example of a vehicle control system, which is an example of a mobile object control system to which the technology disclosed herein can be applied.
車両制御システム12000は、通信ネットワーク12001を介して接続された複数の電子制御ユニットを備える。図37に示した例では、車両制御システム12000は、駆動系制御ユニット12010、ボディ系制御ユニット12020、車外情報検出ユニット12030、車内情報検出ユニット12040、及び統合制御ユニット12050を備える。また、統合制御ユニット12050の機能構成として、マイクロコンピュータ12051、音声画像出力部12052、及び車載ネットワークI/F(interface)12053が図示されている。 The vehicle control system 12000 includes a plurality of electronic control units connected via a communication network 12001. In the example shown in FIG. 37, the vehicle control system 12000 includes a drive system control unit 12010, a body system control unit 12020, an outside vehicle information detection unit 12030, an inside vehicle information detection unit 12040, and an integrated control unit 12050. Also shown as functional components of the integrated control unit 12050 are a microcomputer 12051, an audio/video output unit 12052, and an in-vehicle network I/F (interface) 12053.
駆動系制御ユニット12010は、各種プログラムにしたがって車両の駆動系に関連する装置の動作を制御する。例えば、駆動系制御ユニット12010は、内燃機関又は駆動用モータ等の車両の駆動力を発生させるための駆動力発生装置、駆動力を車輪に伝達するための駆動力伝達機構、車両の舵角を調節するステアリング機構、及び、車両の制動力を発生させる制動装置等の制御装置として機能する。 The drive system control unit 12010 controls the operation of devices related to the drive system of the vehicle according to various programs. For example, the drive system control unit 12010 functions as a control device for a drive force generating device for generating the drive force of the vehicle, such as an internal combustion engine or a drive motor, a drive force transmission mechanism for transmitting the drive force to the wheels, a steering mechanism for adjusting the steering angle of the vehicle, and a braking device for generating a braking force for the vehicle.
ボディ系制御ユニット12020は、各種プログラムにしたがって車体に装備された各種装置の動作を制御する。例えば、ボディ系制御ユニット12020は、キーレスエントリシステム、スマートキーシステム、パワーウィンドウ装置、あるいは、ヘッドランプ、バックランプ、ブレーキランプ、ウィンカー又はフォグランプ等の各種ランプの制御装置として機能する。この場合、ボディ系制御ユニット12020には、鍵を代替する携帯機から発信される電波又は各種スイッチの信号が入力され得る。ボディ系制御ユニット12020は、これらの電波又は信号の入力を受け付け、車両のドアロック装置、パワーウィンドウ装置、ランプ等を制御する。 The body system control unit 12020 controls the operation of various devices installed in the vehicle body according to various programs. For example, the body system control unit 12020 functions as a control device for a keyless entry system, a smart key system, a power window device, or various lamps such as headlamps, tail lamps, brake lamps, turn signals, and fog lamps. In this case, radio waves or signals from various switches transmitted from a portable device that replaces a key can be input to the body system control unit 12020. The body system control unit 12020 accepts the input of these radio waves or signals and controls the vehicle's door lock device, power window device, lamps, etc.
車外情報検出ユニット12030は、車両制御システム12000を搭載した車両の外部の情報を検出する。例えば、車外情報検出ユニット12030には、撮像部12031が接続される。車外情報検出ユニット12030は、撮像部12031に車外の画像を撮像させるとともに、撮像された画像を受信する。車外情報検出ユニット12030は、受信した画像に基づいて、人、車、障害物、標識又は路面上の文字等の物体検出処理又は距離検出処理を行ってもよい。 The outside-vehicle information detection unit 12030 detects information outside the vehicle equipped with the vehicle control system 12000. For example, the image capturing unit 12031 is connected to the outside-vehicle information detection unit 12030. The outside-vehicle information detection unit 12030 causes the image capturing unit 12031 to capture images outside the vehicle and receives the captured images. The outside-vehicle information detection unit 12030 may perform object detection processing or distance detection processing for people, cars, obstacles, signs, characters on the road surface, etc. based on the received images.
撮像部12031は、光を受光し、その光の受光量に応じた電気信号を出力する光センサである。撮像部12031は、電気信号を画像として出力することもできるし、測距の情報として出力することもできる。また、撮像部12031が受光する光は、可視光であっても良いし、赤外線等の非可視光であっても良い。 The imaging unit 12031 is an optical sensor that receives light and outputs an electrical signal according to the amount of light received. The imaging unit 12031 can output the electrical signal as an image, or as distance measurement information. The light received by the imaging unit 12031 may be visible light, or may be invisible light such as infrared light.
車内情報検出ユニット12040は、車内の情報を検出する。車内情報検出ユニット12040には、例えば、運転者の状態を検出する運転者状態検出部12041が接続される。運転者状態検出部12041は、例えば運転者を撮像するカメラを含み、車内情報検出ユニット12040は、運転者状態検出部12041から入力される検出情報に基づいて、運転者の疲労度合い又は集中度合いを算出してもよいし、運転者が居眠りをしていないかを判別してもよい。 The in-vehicle information detection unit 12040 detects information inside the vehicle. To the in-vehicle information detection unit 12040, for example, a driver state detection unit 12041 that detects the state of the driver is connected. The driver state detection unit 12041 includes, for example, a camera that captures an image of the driver, and the in-vehicle information detection unit 12040 may calculate the driver's degree of fatigue or concentration based on the detection information input from the driver state detection unit 12041, or may determine whether the driver is dozing off.
マイクロコンピュータ12051は、車外情報検出ユニット12030又は車内情報検出ユニット12040で取得される車内外の情報に基づいて、駆動力発生装置、ステアリング機構又は制動装置の制御目標値を演算し、駆動系制御ユニット12010に対して制御指令を出力することができる。例えば、マイクロコンピュータ12051は、車両の衝突回避あるいは衝撃緩和、車間距離に基づく追従走行、車速維持走行、車両の衝突警告、又は車両のレーン逸脱警告等を含むADAS(Advanced Driver Assistance System)の機能実現を目的とした協調制御を行うことができる。 The microcomputer 12051 can calculate the control target values of the driving force generating device, steering mechanism, or braking device based on the information inside and outside the vehicle acquired by the outside vehicle information detection unit 12030 or the inside vehicle information detection unit 12040, and output a control command to the drive system control unit 12010. For example, the microcomputer 12051 can perform cooperative control aimed at realizing the functions of an ADAS (Advanced Driver Assistance System), including avoiding or mitigating vehicle collisions, following based on the distance between vehicles, maintaining vehicle speed, vehicle collision warning, or vehicle lane departure warning.
また、マイクロコンピュータ12051は、車外情報検出ユニット12030又は車内情報検出ユニット12040で取得される車両の周囲の情報に基づいて駆動力発生装置、ステアリング機構又は制動装置等を制御することにより、運転者の操作に拠らずに自律的に走行する自動運転等を目的とした協調制御を行うことができる。 The microcomputer 12051 can also perform cooperative control for the purpose of autonomous driving, which allows the vehicle to travel autonomously without relying on the driver's operation, by controlling the driving force generating device, steering mechanism, braking device, etc. based on information about the surroundings of the vehicle acquired by the outside vehicle information detection unit 12030 or the inside vehicle information detection unit 12040.
また、マイクロコンピュータ12051は、車外情報検出ユニット12030で取得される車外の情報に基づいて、ボディ系制御ユニット12020に対して制御指令を出力することができる。例えば、マイクロコンピュータ12051は、車外情報検出ユニット12030で検知した先行車又は対向車の位置に応じてヘッドランプを制御し、ハイビームをロービームに切り替える等の防眩を図ることを目的とした協調制御を行うことができる。 The microcomputer 12051 can also output control commands to the body system control unit 12020 based on information outside the vehicle acquired by the outside information detection unit 12030. For example, the microcomputer 12051 can control the headlamps according to the position of a preceding vehicle or an oncoming vehicle detected by the outside information detection unit 12030, and perform cooperative control aimed at preventing glare, such as switching from high beams to low beams.
音声画像出力部12052は、車両の搭乗者又は車外に対して、視覚的又は聴覚的に情報を通知することが可能な出力装置へ音声及び画像のうちの少なくとも一方の出力信号を送信する。図37の例では、出力装置として、オーディオスピーカ12061、表示部12062及びインストルメントパネル12063が例示されている。表示部12062は、例えば、オンボードディスプレイ及びヘッドアップディスプレイの少なくとも一つを含んでいてもよい。 The audio/image output unit 12052 transmits at least one output signal of audio and image to an output device capable of visually or audibly notifying the occupants of the vehicle or the outside of the vehicle of information. In the example of FIG. 37, an audio speaker 12061, a display unit 12062, and an instrument panel 12063 are exemplified as output devices. The display unit 12062 may include, for example, at least one of an on-board display and a head-up display.
図38は、撮像部12031の設置位置の例を示す図である。 FIG. 38 shows an example of the installation position of the imaging unit 12031.
図38では、車両12100は、撮像部12031として、撮像部12101,12102,12103,12104,12105を有する。 In FIG. 38, the vehicle 12100 has imaging units 12101, 12102, 12103, 12104, and 12105 as the imaging unit 12031.
撮像部12101,12102,12103,12104,12105は、例えば、車両12100のフロントノーズ、サイドミラー、リアバンパ、バックドア及び車室内のフロントガラスの上部等の位置に設けられる。フロントノーズに備えられる撮像部12101及び車室内のフロントガラスの上部に備えられる撮像部12105は、主として車両12100の前方の画像を取得する。サイドミラーに備えられる撮像部12102,12103は、主として車両12100の側方の画像を取得する。リアバンパ又はバックドアに備えられる撮像部12104は、主として車両12100の後方の画像を取得する。撮像部12101及び12105で取得される前方の画像は、主として先行車両又は、歩行者、障害物、信号機、交通標識又は車線等の検出に用いられる。 The imaging units 12101, 12102, 12103, 12104, and 12105 are provided, for example, at the front nose, side mirrors, rear bumper, back door, and the top of the windshield inside the vehicle cabin of the vehicle 12100. The imaging unit 12101 provided at the front nose and the imaging unit 12105 provided at the top of the windshield inside the vehicle cabin mainly acquire images of the front of the vehicle 12100. The imaging units 12102 and 12103 provided at the side mirrors mainly acquire images of the sides of the vehicle 12100. The imaging unit 12104 provided at the rear bumper or back door mainly acquires images of the rear of the vehicle 12100. The images of the front acquired by the imaging units 12101 and 12105 are mainly used to detect preceding vehicles, pedestrians, obstacles, traffic lights, traffic signs, lanes, etc.
なお、図38には、撮像部12101ないし12104の撮影範囲の一例が示されている。撮像範囲12111は、フロントノーズに設けられた撮像部12101の撮像範囲を示し、撮像範囲12112,12113は、それぞれサイドミラーに設けられた撮像部12102,12103の撮像範囲を示し、撮像範囲12114は、リアバンパ又はバックドアに設けられた撮像部12104の撮像範囲を示す。例えば、撮像部12101ないし12104で撮像された画像データが重ね合わせられることにより、車両12100を上方から見た俯瞰画像が得られる。 Note that FIG. 38 shows an example of the imaging ranges of the imaging units 12101 to 12104. Imaging range 12111 indicates the imaging range of the imaging unit 12101 provided on the front nose, imaging ranges 12112 and 12113 indicate the imaging ranges of the imaging units 12102 and 12103 provided on the side mirrors, respectively, and imaging range 12114 indicates the imaging range of the imaging unit 12104 provided on the rear bumper or back door. For example, an overhead image of the vehicle 12100 viewed from above is obtained by superimposing the image data captured by the imaging units 12101 to 12104.
撮像部12101ないし12104の少なくとも1つは、距離情報を取得する機能を有していてもよい。例えば、撮像部12101ないし12104の少なくとも1つは、複数の撮像素子からなるステレオカメラであってもよいし、位相差検出用の画素を有する撮像素子であってもよい。 At least one of the imaging units 12101 to 12104 may have a function of acquiring distance information. For example, at least one of the imaging units 12101 to 12104 may be a stereo camera consisting of multiple imaging elements, or an imaging element having pixels for phase difference detection.
例えば、マイクロコンピュータ12051は、撮像部12101ないし12104から得られた距離情報を基に、撮像範囲12111ないし12114内における各立体物までの距離と、この距離の時間的変化(車両12100に対する相対速度)を求めることにより、特に車両12100の進行路上にある最も近い立体物で、車両12100と略同じ方向に所定の速度(例えば、0km/h以上)で走行する立体物を先行車として抽出することができる。さらに、マイクロコンピュータ12051は、先行車の手前に予め確保すべき車間距離を設定し、自動ブレーキ制御(追従停止制御も含む)や自動加速制御(追従発進制御も含む)等を行うことができる。このように運転者の操作に拠らずに自律的に走行する自動運転等を目的とした協調制御を行うことができる。 For example, the microcomputer 12051 can obtain the distance to each solid object within the imaging ranges 12111 to 12114 and the change in this distance over time (relative speed with respect to the vehicle 12100) based on the distance information obtained from the imaging units 12101 to 12104, and can extract as a preceding vehicle, in particular, the closest solid object on the path of the vehicle 12100 that is traveling in approximately the same direction as the vehicle 12100 at a predetermined speed (e.g., 0 km/h or faster). Furthermore, the microcomputer 12051 can set the inter-vehicle distance that should be maintained in advance in front of the preceding vehicle, and perform automatic braking control (including follow-up stop control) and automatic acceleration control (including follow-up start control). In this way, cooperative control can be performed for the purpose of automatic driving, which runs autonomously without relying on the driver's operation.
例えば、マイクロコンピュータ12051は、撮像部12101ないし12104から得られた距離情報を元に、立体物に関する立体物データを、2輪車、普通車両、大型車両、歩行者、電柱等その他の立体物に分類して抽出し、障害物の自動回避に用いることができる。例えば、マイクロコンピュータ12051は、車両12100の周辺の障害物を、車両12100のドライバが視認可能な障害物と視認困難な障害物とに識別する。そして、マイクロコンピュータ12051は、各障害物との衝突の危険度を示す衝突リスクを判断し、衝突リスクが設定値以上で衝突可能性がある状況であるときには、オーディオスピーカ12061や表示部12062を介してドライバに警報を出力することや、駆動系制御ユニット12010を介して強制減速や回避操舵を行うことで、衝突回避のための運転支援を行うことができる。 For example, the microcomputer 12051 classifies and extracts three-dimensional object data on three-dimensional objects, such as two-wheeled vehicles, ordinary vehicles, large vehicles, pedestrians, utility poles, and other three-dimensional objects, based on the distance information obtained from the imaging units 12101 to 12104, and can use the data to automatically avoid obstacles. For example, the microcomputer 12051 distinguishes obstacles around the vehicle 12100 into obstacles that are visible to the driver of the vehicle 12100 and obstacles that are difficult to see. The microcomputer 12051 then determines the collision risk, which indicates the risk of collision with each obstacle, and when the collision risk is equal to or exceeds a set value and there is a possibility of a collision, it can provide driving assistance for collision avoidance by outputting an alarm to the driver via the audio speaker 12061 or the display unit 12062, or by performing forced deceleration or avoidance steering via the drive system control unit 12010.
撮像部12101ないし12104の少なくとも1つは、赤外線を検出する赤外線カメラであってもよい。例えば、マイクロコンピュータ12051は、撮像部12101ないし12104の撮像画像中に歩行者が存在するか否かを判定することで歩行者を認識することができる。かかる歩行者の認識は、例えば赤外線カメラとしての撮像部12101ないし12104の撮像画像における特徴点を抽出する手順と、物体の輪郭を示す一連の特徴点にパターンマッチング処理を行って歩行者か否かを判別する手順によって行われる。マイクロコンピュータ12051が、撮像部12101ないし12104の撮像画像中に歩行者が存在すると判定し、歩行者を認識すると、音声画像出力部12052は、当該認識された歩行者に強調のための方形輪郭線を重畳表示するように、表示部12062を制御する。また、音声画像出力部12052は、歩行者を示すアイコン等を所望の位置に表示するように表示部12062を制御してもよい。 At least one of the imaging units 12101 to 12104 may be an infrared camera that detects infrared rays. For example, the microcomputer 12051 can recognize a pedestrian by determining whether or not a pedestrian is present in the image captured by the imaging units 12101 to 12104. The recognition of such a pedestrian is performed, for example, by a procedure of extracting feature points in the image captured by the imaging units 12101 to 12104 as infrared cameras, and a procedure of performing pattern matching processing on a series of feature points that indicate the contour of an object to determine whether or not it is a pedestrian. When the microcomputer 12051 determines that a pedestrian is present in the image captured by the imaging units 12101 to 12104 and recognizes a pedestrian, the audio/image output unit 12052 controls the display unit 12062 to superimpose a rectangular contour line for emphasis on the recognized pedestrian. The audio/image output unit 12052 may also control the display unit 12062 to display an icon or the like indicating a pedestrian at a desired position.
以上、本開示に係る技術が適用され得る移動体制御システムの一例について説明した。本開示に係る技術は、以上説明した構成のうち、例えば、撮像部12031に適用され得る。具体的には、例えば、撮像装置1等は、撮像部12031に適用することができる。撮像部12031に本開示に係る技術を適用することにより、高精細な撮影画像を得ることが可能となる。移動体制御システムにおいて撮影画像を利用した高精度な制御を行うことが可能となる。 Above, an example of a mobile object control system to which the technology according to the present disclosure can be applied has been described. Of the configurations described above, the technology according to the present disclosure can be applied to, for example, the imaging unit 12031. Specifically, for example, the imaging device 1 or the like can be applied to the imaging unit 12031. By applying the technology according to the present disclosure to the imaging unit 12031, it becomes possible to obtain a high-definition captured image. It becomes possible to perform high-precision control using the captured image in the mobile object control system.
(内視鏡手術システムへの応用例)
本開示に係る技術(本技術)は、様々な製品へ応用することができる。例えば、本開示に係る技術は、内視鏡手術システムに適用されてもよい。
(Application example to endoscopic surgery system)
The technology according to the present disclosure (the present technology) can be applied to various products. For example, the technology according to the present disclosure may be applied to an endoscopic surgery system.
図39は、本開示に係る技術(本技術)が適用され得る内視鏡手術システムの概略的な構成の一例を示す図である。 FIG. 39 is a diagram showing an example of the general configuration of an endoscopic surgery system to which the technology disclosed herein (the present technology) can be applied.
図39では、術者(医師)11131が、内視鏡手術システム11000を用いて、患者ベッド11133上の患者11132に手術を行っている様子が図示されている。図示するように、内視鏡手術システム11000は、内視鏡11100と、気腹チューブ11111やエネルギー処置具11112等の、その他の術具11110と、内視鏡11100を支持する支持アーム装置11120と、内視鏡下手術のための各種の装置が搭載されたカート11200と、から構成される。 In FIG. 39, an operator (doctor) 11131 is shown using an endoscopic surgery system 11000 to perform surgery on a patient 11132 on a patient bed 11133. As shown in the figure, the endoscopic surgery system 11000 is composed of an endoscope 11100, other surgical tools 11110 such as an insufflation tube 11111 and an energy treatment tool 11112, a support arm device 11120 that supports the endoscope 11100, and a cart 11200 on which various devices for endoscopic surgery are mounted.
内視鏡11100は、先端から所定の長さの領域が患者11132の体腔内に挿入される鏡筒11101と、鏡筒11101の基端に接続されるカメラヘッド11102と、から構成される。図示する例では、硬性の鏡筒11101を有するいわゆる硬性鏡として構成される内視鏡11100を図示しているが、内視鏡11100は、軟性の鏡筒を有するいわゆる軟性鏡として構成されてもよい。 The endoscope 11100 is composed of a lens barrel 11101, the tip of which is inserted into the body cavity of the patient 11132 at a predetermined length, and a camera head 11102 connected to the base end of the lens barrel 11101. In the illustrated example, the endoscope 11100 is configured as a so-called rigid scope having a rigid lens barrel 11101, but the endoscope 11100 may also be configured as a so-called flexible scope having a flexible lens barrel.
鏡筒11101の先端には、対物レンズが嵌め込まれた開口部が設けられている。内視鏡11100には光源装置11203が接続されており、当該光源装置11203によって生成された光が、鏡筒11101の内部に延設されるライトガイドによって当該鏡筒の先端まで導光され、対物レンズを介して患者11132の体腔内の観察対象に向かって照射される。なお、内視鏡11100は、直視鏡であってもよいし、斜視鏡又は側視鏡であってもよい。 The tip of the tube 11101 has an opening into which an objective lens is fitted. A light source device 11203 is connected to the endoscope 11100, and light generated by the light source device 11203 is guided to the tip of the tube by a light guide extending inside the tube 11101, and is irradiated via the objective lens towards an object to be observed inside the body cavity of the patient 11132. The endoscope 11100 may be a direct-viewing endoscope, an oblique-viewing endoscope, or a side-viewing endoscope.
カメラヘッド11102の内部には光学系及び撮像素子が設けられており、観察対象からの反射光(観察光)は当該光学系によって当該撮像素子に集光される。当該撮像素子によって観察光が光電変換され、観察光に対応する電気信号、すなわち観察像に対応する画像信号が生成される。当該画像信号は、RAWデータとしてカメラコントロールユニット(CCU: Camera Control Unit)11201に送信される。 An optical system and an image sensor are provided inside the camera head 11102, and the reflected light (observation light) from the object of observation is focused on the image sensor by the optical system. The image sensor converts the observation light photoelectrically to generate an electrical signal corresponding to the observation light, i.e., an image signal corresponding to the observed image. The image signal is sent to the camera control unit (CCU: Camera Control Unit) 11201 as RAW data.
CCU11201は、CPU(Central Processing Unit)やGPU(Graphics Processing Unit)等によって構成され、内視鏡11100及び表示装置11202の動作を統括的に制御する。さらに、CCU11201は、カメラヘッド11102から画像信号を受け取り、その画像信号に対して、例えば現像処理(デモザイク処理)等の、当該画像信号に基づく画像を表示するための各種の画像処理を施す。 The CCU 11201 is composed of a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a GPU (Graphics Processing Unit), etc., and controls the overall operation of the endoscope 11100 and the display device 11202. Furthermore, the CCU 11201 receives an image signal from the camera head 11102, and performs various image processing on the image signal, such as development processing (demosaic processing), in order to display an image based on the image signal.
表示装置11202は、CCU11201からの制御により、当該CCU11201によって画像処理が施された画像信号に基づく画像を表示する。 The display device 11202, under the control of the CCU 11201, displays an image based on the image signal that has been subjected to image processing by the CCU 11201.
光源装置11203は、例えばLED(Light Emitting Diode)等の光源から構成され、術部等を撮影する際の照射光を内視鏡11100に供給する。 The light source device 11203 is composed of a light source such as an LED (Light Emitting Diode) and supplies irradiation light to the endoscope 11100 when photographing the surgical site, etc.
入力装置11204は、内視鏡手術システム11000に対する入力インタフェースである。ユーザは、入力装置11204を介して、内視鏡手術システム11000に対して各種の情報の入力や指示入力を行うことができる。例えば、ユーザは、内視鏡11100による撮像条件(照射光の種類、倍率及び焦点距離等)を変更する旨の指示等を入力する。 The input device 11204 is an input interface for the endoscopic surgery system 11000. A user can input various information and instructions to the endoscopic surgery system 11000 via the input device 11204. For example, the user inputs an instruction to change the imaging conditions (type of irradiation light, magnification, focal length, etc.) of the endoscope 11100.
処置具制御装置11205は、組織の焼灼、切開又は血管の封止等のためのエネルギー処置具11112の駆動を制御する。気腹装置11206は、内視鏡11100による視野の確保及び術者の作業空間の確保の目的で、患者11132の体腔を膨らめるために、気腹チューブ11111を介して当該体腔内にガスを送り込む。レコーダ11207は、手術に関する各種の情報を記録可能な装置である。プリンタ11208は、手術に関する各種の情報を、テキスト、画像又はグラフ等各種の形式で印刷可能な装置である。 The treatment tool control device 11205 controls the operation of the energy treatment tool 11112 for cauterizing tissue, incising, sealing blood vessels, etc. The insufflation device 11206 sends gas into the body cavity of the patient 11132 via the insufflation tube 11111 to inflate the body cavity in order to ensure a clear field of view for the endoscope 11100 and to ensure a working space for the surgeon. The recorder 11207 is a device capable of recording various types of information related to the surgery. The printer 11208 is a device capable of printing various types of information related to the surgery in various formats such as text, images, or graphs.
なお、内視鏡11100に術部を撮影する際の照射光を供給する光源装置11203は、例えばLED、レーザ光源又はこれらの組み合わせによって構成される白色光源から構成することができる。RGBレーザ光源の組み合わせにより白色光源が構成される場合には、各色(各波長)の出力強度及び出力タイミングを高精度に制御することができるため、光源装置11203において撮像画像のホワイトバランスの調整を行うことができる。また、この場合には、RGBレーザ光源それぞれからのレーザ光を時分割で観察対象に照射し、その照射タイミングに同期してカメラヘッド11102の撮像素子の駆動を制御することにより、RGBそれぞれに対応した画像を時分割で撮像することも可能である。当該方法によれば、当該撮像素子にカラーフィルタを設けなくても、カラー画像を得ることができる。 The light source device 11203 that supplies irradiation light to the endoscope 11100 when photographing the surgical site can be composed of a white light source composed of, for example, an LED, a laser light source, or a combination of these. When the white light source is composed of a combination of RGB laser light sources, the output intensity and output timing of each color (each wavelength) can be controlled with high precision, so that the white balance of the captured image can be adjusted in the light source device 11203. In this case, it is also possible to capture images corresponding to each of the RGB colors in a time-division manner by irradiating the object of observation with laser light from each of the RGB laser light sources in a time-division manner and controlling the drive of the image sensor of the camera head 11102 in synchronization with the irradiation timing. According to this method, a color image can be obtained without providing a color filter to the image sensor.
また、光源装置11203は、出力する光の強度を所定の時間ごとに変更するようにその駆動が制御されてもよい。その光の強度の変更のタイミングに同期してカメラヘッド11102の撮像素子の駆動を制御して時分割で画像を取得し、その画像を合成することにより、いわゆる黒つぶれ及び白とびのない高ダイナミックレンジの画像を生成することができる。 The light source device 11203 may be controlled to change the intensity of the light it outputs at predetermined time intervals. The image sensor of the camera head 11102 may be controlled to acquire images in a time-division manner in synchronization with the timing of the change in the light intensity, and the images may be synthesized to generate an image with a high dynamic range that is free of so-called blackout and whiteout.
また、光源装置11203は、特殊光観察に対応した所定の波長帯域の光を供給可能に構成されてもよい。特殊光観察では、例えば、体組織における光の吸収の波長依存性を利用して、通常の観察時における照射光(すなわち、白色光)に比べて狭帯域の光を照射することにより、粘膜表層の血管等の所定の組織を高コントラストで撮影する、いわゆる狭帯域光観察(Narrow Band Imaging)が行われる。あるいは、特殊光観察では、励起光を照射することにより発生する蛍光により画像を得る蛍光観察が行われてもよい。蛍光観察では、体組織に励起光を照射し当該体組織からの蛍光を観察すること(自家蛍光観察)、又はインドシアニングリーン(ICG)等の試薬を体組織に局注するとともに当該体組織にその試薬の蛍光波長に対応した励起光を照射し蛍光像を得ること等を行うことができる。光源装置11203は、このような特殊光観察に対応した狭帯域光及び/又は励起光を供給可能に構成され得る。 The light source device 11203 may be configured to supply light of a predetermined wavelength band corresponding to special light observation. In special light observation, for example, by utilizing the wavelength dependency of light absorption in body tissue, a narrow band of light is irradiated compared to the light irradiated during normal observation (i.e., white light), and a specific tissue such as blood vessels on the surface of the mucosa is photographed with high contrast, so-called narrow band imaging is performed. Alternatively, in special light observation, fluorescent observation may be performed in which an image is obtained by fluorescence generated by irradiating excitation light. In fluorescent observation, excitation light is irradiated to the body tissue and the fluorescence from the body tissue is observed (autofluorescence observation), or a reagent such as indocyanine green (ICG) is locally injected into the body tissue and excitation light corresponding to the fluorescent wavelength of the reagent is irradiated to the body tissue to obtain a fluorescent image. The light source device 11203 may be configured to supply narrow band light and/or excitation light corresponding to such special light observation.
図40は、図39に示すカメラヘッド11102及びCCU11201の機能構成の一例を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 40 is a block diagram showing an example of the functional configuration of the camera head 11102 and CCU 11201 shown in FIG. 39.
カメラヘッド11102は、レンズユニット11401と、撮像部11402と、駆動部11403と、通信部11404と、カメラヘッド制御部11405と、を有する。CCU11201は、通信部11411と、画像処理部11412と、制御部11413と、を有する。カメラヘッド11102とCCU11201とは、伝送ケーブル11400によって互いに通信可能に接続されている。 The camera head 11102 has a lens unit 11401, an imaging unit 11402, a drive unit 11403, a communication unit 11404, and a camera head control unit 11405. The CCU 11201 has a communication unit 11411, an image processing unit 11412, and a control unit 11413. The camera head 11102 and the CCU 11201 are connected to each other via a transmission cable 11400 so that they can communicate with each other.
レンズユニット11401は、鏡筒11101との接続部に設けられる光学系である。鏡筒11101の先端から取り込まれた観察光は、カメラヘッド11102まで導光され、当該レンズユニット11401に入射する。レンズユニット11401は、ズームレンズ及びフォーカスレンズを含む複数のレンズが組み合わされて構成される。 The lens unit 11401 is an optical system provided at the connection with the lens barrel 11101. Observation light taken in from the tip of the lens barrel 11101 is guided to the camera head 11102 and enters the lens unit 11401. The lens unit 11401 is composed of a combination of multiple lenses including a zoom lens and a focus lens.
撮像部11402は、撮像素子で構成される。撮像部11402を構成する撮像素子は、1つ(いわゆる単板式)であってもよいし、複数(いわゆる多板式)であってもよい。撮像部11402が多板式で構成される場合には、例えば各撮像素子によってRGBそれぞれに対応する画像信号が生成され、それらが合成されることによりカラー画像が得られてもよい。あるいは、撮像部11402は、3D(Dimensional)表示に対応する右目用及び左目用の画像信号をそれぞれ取得するための1対の撮像素子を有するように構成されてもよい。3D表示が行われることにより、術者11131は術部における生体組織の奥行きをより正確に把握することが可能になる。なお、撮像部11402が多板式で構成される場合には、各撮像素子に対応して、レンズユニット11401も複数系統設けられ得る。 The imaging unit 11402 is composed of an imaging element. The imaging element constituting the imaging unit 11402 may be one (so-called single-plate type) or multiple (so-called multi-plate type). When the imaging unit 11402 is composed of a multi-plate type, for example, each imaging element may generate an image signal corresponding to each of RGB, and a color image may be obtained by combining these. Alternatively, the imaging unit 11402 may be configured to have a pair of imaging elements for acquiring image signals for the right eye and the left eye corresponding to 3D (dimensional) display. By performing 3D display, the surgeon 11131 can more accurately grasp the depth of the biological tissue in the surgical site. Note that when the imaging unit 11402 is composed of a multi-plate type, multiple lens units 11401 may be provided corresponding to each imaging element.
また、撮像部11402は、必ずしもカメラヘッド11102に設けられなくてもよい。例えば、撮像部11402は、鏡筒11101の内部に、対物レンズの直後に設けられてもよい。 Furthermore, the imaging unit 11402 does not necessarily have to be provided in the camera head 11102. For example, the imaging unit 11402 may be provided inside the lens barrel 11101, immediately after the objective lens.
駆動部11403は、アクチュエータによって構成され、カメラヘッド制御部11405からの制御により、レンズユニット11401のズームレンズ及びフォーカスレンズを光軸に沿って所定の距離だけ移動させる。これにより、撮像部11402による撮像画像の倍率及び焦点が適宜調整され得る。 The driving unit 11403 is composed of an actuator, and moves the zoom lens and focus lens of the lens unit 11401 a predetermined distance along the optical axis under the control of the camera head control unit 11405. This allows the magnification and focus of the image captured by the imaging unit 11402 to be adjusted appropriately.
通信部11404は、CCU11201との間で各種の情報を送受信するための通信装置によって構成される。通信部11404は、撮像部11402から得た画像信号をRAWデータとして伝送ケーブル11400を介してCCU11201に送信する。 The communication unit 11404 is configured with a communication device for transmitting and receiving various information to and from the CCU 11201. The communication unit 11404 transmits the image signal obtained from the imaging unit 11402 as RAW data to the CCU 11201 via the transmission cable 11400.
また、通信部11404は、CCU11201から、カメラヘッド11102の駆動を制御するための制御信号を受信し、カメラヘッド制御部11405に供給する。当該制御信号には、例えば、撮像画像のフレームレートを指定する旨の情報、撮像時の露出値を指定する旨の情報、並びに/又は撮像画像の倍率及び焦点を指定する旨の情報等、撮像条件に関する情報が含まれる。 The communication unit 11404 also receives control signals for controlling the operation of the camera head 11102 from the CCU 11201, and supplies them to the camera head control unit 11405. The control signals include information on the imaging conditions, such as information specifying the frame rate of the captured image, information specifying the exposure value during imaging, and/or information specifying the magnification and focus of the captured image.
なお、上記のフレームレートや露出値、倍率、焦点等の撮像条件は、ユーザによって適宜指定されてもよいし、取得された画像信号に基づいてCCU11201の制御部11413によって自動的に設定されてもよい。後者の場合には、いわゆるAE(Auto Exposure)機能、AF(Auto Focus)機能及びAWB(Auto White Balance)機能が内視鏡11100に搭載されていることになる。 The above-mentioned frame rate, exposure value, magnification, focus, and other imaging conditions may be appropriately specified by the user, or may be automatically set by the control unit 11413 of the CCU 11201 based on the acquired image signal. In the latter case, the endoscope 11100 is equipped with so-called AE (Auto Exposure) function, AF (Auto Focus) function, and AWB (Auto White Balance) function.
カメラヘッド制御部11405は、通信部11404を介して受信したCCU11201からの制御信号に基づいて、カメラヘッド11102の駆動を制御する。 The camera head control unit 11405 controls the operation of the camera head 11102 based on a control signal from the CCU 11201 received via the communication unit 11404.
通信部11411は、カメラヘッド11102との間で各種の情報を送受信するための通信装置によって構成される。通信部11411は、カメラヘッド11102から、伝送ケーブル11400を介して送信される画像信号を受信する。 The communication unit 11411 is configured with a communication device for transmitting and receiving various information to and from the camera head 11102. The communication unit 11411 receives an image signal transmitted from the camera head 11102 via the transmission cable 11400.
また、通信部11411は、カメラヘッド11102に対して、カメラヘッド11102の駆動を制御するための制御信号を送信する。画像信号や制御信号は、電気通信や光通信等によって送信することができる。 The communication unit 11411 also transmits to the camera head 11102 a control signal for controlling the operation of the camera head 11102. The image signal and the control signal can be transmitted by electrical communication, optical communication, etc.
画像処理部11412は、カメラヘッド11102から送信されたRAWデータである画像信号に対して各種の画像処理を施す。 The image processing unit 11412 performs various image processing operations on the image signal, which is the RAW data transmitted from the camera head 11102.
制御部11413は、内視鏡11100による術部等の撮像、及び、術部等の撮像により得られる撮像画像の表示に関する各種の制御を行う。例えば、制御部11413は、カメラヘッド11102の駆動を制御するための制御信号を生成する。 The control unit 11413 performs various controls related to the imaging of the surgical site, etc. by the endoscope 11100, and the display of the captured images obtained by imaging the surgical site, etc. For example, the control unit 11413 generates a control signal for controlling the driving of the camera head 11102.
また、制御部11413は、画像処理部11412によって画像処理が施された画像信号に基づいて、術部等が映った撮像画像を表示装置11202に表示させる。この際、制御部11413は、各種の画像認識技術を用いて撮像画像内における各種の物体を認識してもよい。例えば、制御部11413は、撮像画像に含まれる物体のエッジの形状や色等を検出することにより、鉗子等の術具、特定の生体部位、出血、エネルギー処置具11112の使用時のミスト等を認識することができる。制御部11413は、表示装置11202に撮像画像を表示させる際に、その認識結果を用いて、各種の手術支援情報を当該術部の画像に重畳表示させてもよい。手術支援情報が重畳表示され、術者11131に提示されることにより、術者11131の負担を軽減することや、術者11131が確実に手術を進めることが可能になる。 The control unit 11413 also causes the display device 11202 to display the captured image showing the surgical site, etc., based on the image signal that has been image-processed by the image processing unit 11412. At this time, the control unit 11413 may recognize various objects in the captured image using various image recognition techniques. For example, the control unit 11413 can recognize surgical tools such as forceps, specific body parts, bleeding, mist generated when the energy treatment tool 11112 is used, etc., by detecting the shape and color of the edges of objects included in the captured image. When the control unit 11413 causes the display device 11202 to display the captured image, it may use the recognition result to superimpose various types of surgical support information on the image of the surgical site. By superimposing the surgical support information and presenting it to the surgeon 11131, the burden on the surgeon 11131 can be reduced and the surgeon 11131 can proceed with the surgery reliably.
カメラヘッド11102及びCCU11201を接続する伝送ケーブル11400は、電気信号の通信に対応した電気信号ケーブル、光通信に対応した光ファイバ、又はこれらの複合ケーブルである。 The transmission cable 11400 that connects the camera head 11102 and the CCU 11201 is an electrical signal cable that supports electrical signal communication, an optical fiber that supports optical communication, or a composite cable of these.
ここで、図示する例では、伝送ケーブル11400を用いて有線で通信が行われていたが、カメラヘッド11102とCCU11201との間の通信は無線で行われてもよい。 In the illustrated example, communication is performed wired using a transmission cable 11400, but communication between the camera head 11102 and the CCU 11201 may also be performed wirelessly.
以上、本開示に係る技術が適用され得る内視鏡手術システムの一例について説明した。本開示に係る技術は、以上説明した構成のうち、例えば、内視鏡11100のカメラヘッド11102に設けられた撮像部11402に好適に適用され得る。撮像部11402に本開示に係る技術を適用することにより、高精細な内視鏡11100を提供することが可能となる。 Above, an example of an endoscopic surgery system to which the technology of the present disclosure can be applied has been described. Of the configurations described above, the technology of the present disclosure can be suitably applied to, for example, the imaging unit 11402 provided in the camera head 11102 of the endoscope 11100. By applying the technology of the present disclosure to the imaging unit 11402, it is possible to provide a high-definition endoscope 11100.
以上、実施の形態、変形例および適用例ならびに応用例を挙げて本開示を説明したが、本技術は上記実施の形態等に限定されるものではなく、種々の変形が可能である。例えば、上述した変形例は、上記実施の形態の変形例として説明したが、各変形例の構成を適宜組み合わせることができる。 The present disclosure has been described above by giving embodiments, modifications, and examples of application and application, but the present technology is not limited to the above embodiments, and various modifications are possible. For example, the modifications described above have been described as modifications of the above embodiments, but the configurations of each modification can be combined as appropriate.
上記実施の形態等では、撮像装置を例示して説明するようにしたが、本開示の光検出装置は、例えば、入射する光を受光し、光を電荷に変換するものであればよい。出力される信号は、画像情報の信号でもよいし、測距情報の信号でもよい。光検出装置(撮像装置)は、イメージセンサ、測距センサ等に適用され得る。なお、本開示は、裏面照射型イメージセンサに限定されるものではなく、表面照射型イメージセンサにも適用可能である。 In the above embodiments, an imaging device has been described as an example, but the light detection device of the present disclosure may be, for example, a device that receives incident light and converts the light into an electric charge. The output signal may be a signal of image information or a signal of distance measurement information. The light detection device (imaging device) may be applied to an image sensor, a distance measurement sensor, and the like. Note that the present disclosure is not limited to back-illuminated image sensors, but may also be applied to front-illuminated image sensors.
本開示に係る光検出装置は、TOF(Time Of Flight)方式の距離計測が可能な測距センサとしても適用され得る。光検出装置(撮像装置)は、イベントを検出可能なセンサ、例えば、イベント駆動型のセンサ(EVS(Event Vision Sensor)、EDS(Event Driven Sensor)、DVS(Dynamic Vision Sensor)等と呼ばれる)としても適用され得る。 The optical detection device disclosed herein may also be applied as a distance measurement sensor capable of measuring distance using the Time Of Flight (TOF) method. The optical detection device (imaging device) may also be applied as a sensor capable of detecting events, for example, an event-driven sensor (called an Event Vision Sensor (EVS), Event Driven Sensor (EDS), Dynamic Vision Sensor (DVS), etc.).
本開示の一実施形態の光検出装置は、半導体層と、半導体層に設けられる光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、半導体層において、隣り合う複数の画素の間に設けられるトレンチとを備える。第1画素は、半導体層の第1面側に設けられるトランジスタと、半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含む。第1半導体領域は、トランジスタに隣接するように設けられる。トランジスタは、半導体層の第1面側において半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極を有する。このため、光検出装置は、画素の微細化に有利な構造を有することができる。微細化に有利な光検出装置を実現することが可能となる。 The photodetector of one embodiment of the present disclosure includes a semiconductor layer, a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer, and a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent pixels. The first pixel includes a transistor provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region. The first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor. The transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a portion of the semiconductor layer. Therefore, the photodetector can have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization of pixels. It is possible to realize a photodetector that is advantageous for miniaturization.
本開示の一実施形態の光検出装置は、半導体層と、半導体層に設けられる光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、半導体層において、隣り合う複数の画素の間に設けられるトレンチとを備える。第1画素は、半導体層の第1面側に設けられたゲート電極を有するトランジスタと、半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含む。第1半導体領域は、トランジスタに隣接するように設けられる。トランジスタのゲート電極の少なくとも一部は、半導体層内に設けられている。このため、光検出装置は、画素の微細化に有利な構造を有することができる。トランジスタのゲート面積を大きくすることができ、トランジスタの特性を向上させることが可能となる。微細化に有利な光検出装置を実現することが可能となる。 The photodetector of one embodiment of the present disclosure includes a semiconductor layer, a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer, and a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent pixels. The first pixel includes a transistor having a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region. The first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor. At least a portion of the gate electrode of the transistor is provided within the semiconductor layer. For this reason, the photodetector can have a structure that is advantageous for miniaturization of pixels. The gate area of the transistor can be increased, making it possible to improve the characteristics of the transistor. It is possible to realize a photodetector that is advantageous for miniaturization.
なお、本明細書中に記載された効果はあくまで例示であってその記載に限定されるものではなく、他の効果があってもよい。また、本開示は以下のような構成をとることも可能である。
(1)
半導体層と、
前記半導体層に設けられる光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、
前記半導体層において、隣り合う複数の前記画素の間に設けられるトレンチと
を備え、
前記第1画素は、前記半導体層の第1面側に設けられるトランジスタと、前記半導体層の前記第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、前記第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含み、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記トランジスタに隣接するように設けられ、
前記トランジスタは、前記半導体層の第1面側において前記半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極を有する
光検出装置。
(2)
前記トランジスタの前記ゲート電極の一部は、前記トランジスタのチャネル領域である前記半導体層の一部を挟むように前記半導体層内に設けられている
前記(1)に記載の光検出装置。
(3)
前記トランジスタは、Fin型トランジスタである
前記(1)または(2)に記載の光検出装置。
(4)
前記トランジスタの前記ゲート電極は、前記半導体層の一部を挟むように前記半導体層に設けられた複数の第1部分を有する
前記(1)から(3)のいずれか1つに記載の光検出装置。
(5)
前記半導体層において前記複数の第1部分の周囲に設けられる分離部をさらに備え、
前記第1部分の底部は、前記分離部の底部よりも上方に位置する
前記(4)に記載の光検出装置。
(6)
前記トランジスタは、前記半導体層に設けられた第2導電型の第2半導体領域を有し、
前記第2半導体領域は、ソース領域またはドレイン領域であり、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記第2半導体領域に隣接するように設けられている
前記(1)から(5)のいずれか1つに記載の光検出装置。
(7)
前記トランジスタは、前記半導体層に設けられた前記第2導電型の第3半導体領域を有し、
前記第2半導体領域は、前記ソース領域及び前記ドレイン領域の一方であり、
前記第3半導体領域は、前記ソース領域及び前記ドレイン領域の他方であり、
前記第2半導体領域の大きさは、前記第3半導体領域の大きさよりも小さい
前記(6)に記載の光検出装置。
(8)
前記第1半導体領域は、p型の半導体領域であり、
前記第2半導体領域及び前記第3半導体領域は、それぞれ、n型の半導体領域である
前記(7)に記載の光検出装置。
(9)
前記トランジスタは、前記半導体層の第1領域の上に設けられるゲート電極及びゲート絶縁膜を有し、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記トランジスタの前記ゲート電極及び前記ゲート絶縁膜の少なくとも一方に隣り合うように前記第1領域に接して設けられている
前記(1)から(8)のいずれか1つに記載の光検出装置。
(10)
前記半導体層に設けられる前記第1導電型の第1ウェルをさらに備え、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記第1ウェルに設けられ、
前記第1コンタクトは、前記第1半導体領域を介して前記第1ウェルと電気的に接続されている
前記(1)から(9)のいずれか1つに記載の光検出装置。
(11)
前記第1画素は、
フローティングディフュージョンと、
前記半導体層の第1面側に設けられ、前記光電変換素子で変換された電荷を前記フローティングディフュージョンに転送可能な転送トランジスタと
を有する
前記(1)から(10)のいずれか1つに記載の光検出装置。
(12)
前記転送トランジスタは、前記半導体層において、前記光電変換素子に達するように設けられるゲート電極を有する
前記(11)に記載の光検出装置。
(13)
前記トランジスタの前記ゲート電極は、前記半導体層の一部を挟むように前記半導体層に設けられた複数の第1部分を有し、
前記第1部分の底部は、前記転送トランジスタの前記ゲート電極の底部よりも上方に位置する
前記(12)に記載の光検出装置。
(14)
前記半導体層において前記第1部分と前記転送トランジスタの前記ゲート電極との間に設けられる分離部をさらに備え、
前記転送トランジスタの前記ゲート電極は、前記分離部に隣接している
前記(13)に記載の光検出装置。
(15)
前記フローティングディフュージョンと前記転送トランジスタの前記ゲート電極との間において、前記転送トランジスタの前記ゲート電極の掘り込み部に設けられた第1絶縁膜をさらに備える
前記(12)から(14)のいずれか1つに記載の光検出装置。
(16)
前記トランジスタの前記ゲート電極の端部における掘り込み部に設けられた第2絶縁膜をさらに備える
前記(12)から(15)のいずれか1つに記載の光検出装置。
(17)
前記第1半導体領域の一部と接し、前記トレンチの内部に設けられる導体領域をさらに備え、
前記第1コンタクトは、前記導体領域の上に設けられ、前記導体領域を介して前記第1半導体領域と電気的に接続されている
前記(1)から(16)のいずれか1つに記載の光検出装置。
(18)
前記導体領域は、前記半導体層内に設けられている
前記(17)に記載の光検出装置。
(19)
前記複数の画素は、前記第1画素と隣り合う第2画素を含み、
前記第1画素及び前記第2画素は、それぞれ、前記光電変換素子と、フローティングディフュージョンと、前記トランジスタと、前記第1半導体領域とを有する
前記(1)から(18)のいずれか1つに記載の光検出装置。
(20)
前記第1画素の前記第1半導体領域と前記第2画素の前記第1半導体領域とを電気的に接続する導体領域をさらに備える
前記(19)に記載の光検出装置。
(21)
前記第1画素の前記フローティングディフュージョンと前記第2画素の前記フローティングディフュージョンとを電気的に接続する第4半導体領域と、
前記第4半導体領域に電気的に接続される第2コンタクトと
をさらに備える
前記(19)または(20)に記載の光検出装置。
(22)
前記トランジスタを含み、前記光電変換素子で光電変換された電荷に基づく信号を出力可能な読み出し回路をさらに備え、
前記トランジスタは、増幅トランジスタ、選択トランジスタ、リセットトランジスタ、切り替えトランジスタ、またはダミートランジスタである
前記(1)から(21)のいずれか1つに記載の光検出装置。
(23)
前記半導体層の第1面とは反対の第2面側に設けられるレンズをさらに備え、
前記光電変換素子は、前記レンズを透過した光を光電変換する
前記(1)から(22)のいずれか1つに記載の光検出装置。
(24)
半導体層と、
前記半導体層に設けられる第1光電変換素子及び第2光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、
前記半導体層において、隣り合う複数の前記画素の間に設けられるトレンチと
を備え、
前記第1画素は、前記半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1トランジスタ及び第2トランジスタと、前記半導体層の前記第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、前記第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含み、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記第1トランジスタと前記第2トランジスタに隣接するように設けられ、
前記第1トランジスタは、前記半導体層の第1面側において前記半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極を有する
光検出装置。
(25)
前記ゲート電極は、前記半導体層の一部を挟むように前記半導体層に設けられた複数の第1部分を有する
前記(24)に記載の光検出装置。
(26)
前記半導体層において前記複数の第1部分の周囲に設けられる分離部をさらに備え、
前記第1部分の底部は、前記分離部の底部よりも上方に位置する
前記(25)に記載の光検出装置。
(27)
前記第1画素は、
前記第1トランジスタと前記第2トランジスタとの間に設けられる第1分離部と、
第1フローティングディフュージョン及び第2フローティングディフュージョンと、
前記第1フローティングディフュージョンと前記第2フローティングディフュージョンとの間に設けられる第2分離部と
を有する
前記(24)から(26)のいずれか1つに記載の光検出装置。
(28)
前記第1半導体領域は、前記第1分離部と前記第2分離部との間に設けられている
前記(27)に記載の光検出装置。
(29)
光学系と、
前記光学系を透過した光を受光する光検出装置と
を備え、
前記光検出装置は、
半導体層と、
前記半導体層に設けられる光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、
前記半導体層において、隣り合う複数の前記画素の間に設けられるトレンチと
を有し、
前記第1画素は、前記半導体層の第1面側に設けられるトランジスタと、前記半導体層の前記第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、前記第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含み、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記トランジスタに隣接するように設けられ、
前記トランジスタは、前記半導体層の第1面側において前記半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極を有する
電子機器。
(30)
光学系と、
前記光学系を透過した光を受光する光検出装置と
を備え、
前記光検出装置は、
半導体層と、
前記半導体層に設けられる第1光電変換素子及び第2光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、
前記半導体層において、隣り合う複数の前記画素の間に設けられるトレンチと
を有し、
前記第1画素は、前記半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1トランジスタ及び第2トランジスタと、前記半導体層の前記第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、前記第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含み、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記第1トランジスタと前記第2トランジスタに隣接するように設けられ、
前記第1トランジスタは、前記半導体層の第1面側において前記半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極を有する
電子機器。
(31)
半導体層と、
前記半導体層に設けられる光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、
前記半導体層において、隣り合う複数の前記画素の間に設けられるトレンチと
を備え、
前記第1画素は、前記半導体層の第1面側に設けられたゲート電極を有するトランジスタと、前記半導体層の前記第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、前記第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含み、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記トランジスタに隣接するように設けられ、
前記トランジスタの前記ゲート電極の少なくとも一部は、前記半導体層内に設けられている
光検出装置。
(32)
前記トランジスタの前記ゲート電極は、トレンチ型ゲート電極である
前記(31)に記載の光検出装置。
(33)
半導体層と、
前記半導体層に設けられる光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、
前記半導体層において、隣り合う複数の前記画素の間に設けられるトレンチと
を備え、
前記第1画素は、前記半導体層の第1面側に設けられるトランジスタと、前記半導体層の前記第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、前記第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含み、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記トランジスタに隣接するように設けられ、
前記トランジスタは、トレンチ型ゲート電極を有する
光検出装置。
(34)
半導体層と、
前記半導体層に設けられる光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、
前記半導体層において、隣り合う複数の前記画素の間に設けられるトレンチと
を備え、
前記第1画素は、前記半導体層の第1面側に設けられるトランジスタと、前記半導体層の前記第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、前記第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含み、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記トランジスタに隣接するように設けられ、
前記トランジスタは、前記半導体層内に設けられた複数の第1部分を含むゲート電極を有する
光検出装置。
(35)
前記トランジスタの前記第1部分は、前記トランジスタのチャネル領域である前記半導体層の一部の周囲に設けられている
前記(34)に記載の光検出装置。
(36)
前記半導体層において前記複数の第1部分の周囲に設けられる分離部をさらに備え、
前記第1部分の底部は、前記分離部の底部よりも上方に位置する
前記(34)または(35)に記載の光検出装置。
In addition, the effects described in this specification are merely examples and are not limited to the description, and other effects may be obtained. In addition, the present disclosure may have the following configurations.
(1)
A semiconductor layer;
A plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer;
a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels;
the first pixel includes a transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region;
the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor;
the transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
(2)
The photodetector according to (1), wherein a portion of the gate electrode of the transistor is provided in the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a portion of the semiconductor layer that is a channel region of the transistor.
(3)
The photodetector according to any one of (1) to (2), wherein the transistor is a Fin type transistor.
(4)
The photodetector according to any one of (1) to (3), wherein the gate electrode of the transistor has a plurality of first portions provided in the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
(5)
a separation portion provided around the plurality of first portions in the semiconductor layer;
The photodetector according to (4), wherein a bottom of the first portion is located above a bottom of the separation portion.
(6)
the transistor has a second semiconductor region of a second conductivity type provided in the semiconductor layer;
the second semiconductor region is a source region or a drain region,
The photodetector according to any one of (1) to (5), wherein the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the second semiconductor region.
(7)
the transistor has a third semiconductor region of the second conductivity type provided in the semiconductor layer;
the second semiconductor region is one of the source region and the drain region,
the third semiconductor region is the other of the source region and the drain region,
The photodetector according to (6), wherein the second semiconductor region is smaller than the third semiconductor region.
(8)
the first semiconductor region is a p-type semiconductor region,
The photodetector according to (7), wherein the second semiconductor region and the third semiconductor region are each an n-type semiconductor region.
(9)
the transistor has a gate electrode and a gate insulating film provided on the first region of the semiconductor layer;
The photodetector according to any one of (1) to (8), wherein the first semiconductor region is provided in contact with the first region so as to be adjacent to at least one of the gate electrode and the gate insulating film of the transistor.
(10)
a first well of the first conductivity type provided in the semiconductor layer;
the first semiconductor region is provided in the first well;
The photodetector according to any one of (1) to (9), wherein the first contact is electrically connected to the first well via the first semiconductor region.
(11)
The first pixel is
Floating diffusion and
and a transfer transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer and capable of transferring charges converted by the photoelectric conversion element to the floating diffusion.
(12)
The photodetector according to (11), wherein the transfer transistor has a gate electrode provided in the semiconductor layer so as to reach the photoelectric conversion element.
(13)
the gate electrode of the transistor has a plurality of first portions provided in the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer;
The photodetector according to (12), wherein a bottom of the first portion is located above a bottom of the gate electrode of the transfer transistor.
(14)
a separation portion provided in the semiconductor layer between the first portion and the gate electrode of the transfer transistor,
The photodetector according to any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the gate electrode of the transfer transistor is adjacent to the isolation portion.
(15)
The photodetector according to any one of (12) to (14), further comprising a first insulating film provided in a recessed portion of the gate electrode of the transfer transistor between the floating diffusion and the gate electrode of the transfer transistor.
(16)
The photodetector according to any one of (12) to (15), further comprising a second insulating film provided in a recessed portion at an end of the gate electrode of the transistor.
(17)
a conductor region in contact with a portion of the first semiconductor region and provided inside the trench;
The photodetector device according to any one of (1) to (16), wherein the first contact is provided on the conductor region and is electrically connected to the first semiconductor region via the conductor region.
(18)
The photodetector according to (17), wherein the conductor region is provided in the semiconductor layer.
(19)
the plurality of pixels includes a second pixel adjacent to the first pixel,
The photodetector according to any one of (1) to (18), wherein the first pixel and the second pixel each have the photoelectric conversion element, a floating diffusion, the transistor, and the first semiconductor region.
(20)
The photodetector according to any one of claims 1 to 19, further comprising a conductor region that electrically connects the first semiconductor region of the first pixel and the first semiconductor region of the second pixel.
(21)
a fourth semiconductor region electrically connecting the floating diffusion of the first pixel and the floating diffusion of the second pixel;
The photodetector according to any one of (19) to (20), further comprising: a second contact electrically connected to the fourth semiconductor region.
(22)
a readout circuit including the transistor and capable of outputting a signal based on the charge photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion element;
The photodetector according to any one of (1) to (21), wherein the transistor is an amplification transistor, a selection transistor, a reset transistor, a switching transistor, or a dummy transistor.
(23)
The semiconductor layer further includes a lens provided on a second surface side opposite to the first surface,
The photodetector according to any one of (1) to (22), wherein the photoelectric conversion element photoelectrically converts light transmitted through the lens.
(24)
A semiconductor layer;
a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a first photoelectric conversion element and a second photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer;
a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels;
the first pixel includes a first transistor and a second transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region;
the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the first transistor and the second transistor;
the first transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
(25)
The photodetector according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the gate electrode has a plurality of first portions provided in the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
(26)
a separation portion provided around the plurality of first portions in the semiconductor layer;
The photodetector according to any one of claims 25 to 30, wherein a bottom of the first portion is located above a bottom of the separation portion.
(27)
The first pixel is
a first isolation portion provided between the first transistor and the second transistor;
a first floating diffusion and a second floating diffusion;
The photodetector according to any one of (24) to (26), further comprising: a second isolation portion provided between the first floating diffusion and the second floating diffusion.
(28)
The photodetector according to (27), wherein the first semiconductor region is provided between the first isolation portion and the second isolation portion.
(29)
An optical system;
a light detection device that receives light transmitted through the optical system;
The light detection device includes:
A semiconductor layer;
A plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer;
a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels;
the first pixel includes a transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region;
the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor;
the transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer therebetween.
(30)
An optical system;
a light detection device that receives light transmitted through the optical system;
The light detection device includes:
A semiconductor layer;
a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a first photoelectric conversion element and a second photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer;
a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels;
the first pixel includes a first transistor and a second transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region;
the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the first transistor and the second transistor;
the first transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer therebetween.
(31)
A semiconductor layer;
A plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer;
a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels;
the first pixel includes a transistor having a gate electrode provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region;
the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor;
At least a portion of the gate electrode of the transistor is provided within the semiconductor layer.
(32)
The photodetector according to (31), wherein the gate electrode of the transistor is a trench gate electrode.
(33)
A semiconductor layer;
A plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer;
a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels;
the first pixel includes a transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region;
the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor;
The transistor has a trench gate electrode.
(34)
A semiconductor layer;
A plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer;
a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels;
the first pixel includes a transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region;
the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor;
The transistor has a gate electrode including a plurality of first portions disposed in the semiconductor layer.
(35)
The photodetector according to (34), wherein the first portion of the transistor is provided around a portion of the semiconductor layer that is a channel region of the transistor.
(36)
a separation portion provided around the plurality of first portions in the semiconductor layer;
The photodetector according to any one of (34) to (35), wherein a bottom of the first portion is located above a bottom of the separation portion.
本出願は、日本国特許庁において2023年8月4日に出願された日本特許出願番号2023-127886号を基礎として優先権を主張するものであり、この出願の全ての内容を参照によって本出願に援用する。 This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2023-127886, filed on August 4, 2023, in the Japan Patent Office, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
当業者であれば、設計上の要件や他の要因に応じて、種々の修正、コンビネーション、サブコンビネーション、および変更を想到し得るが、それらは添付の請求の範囲やその均等物の範囲に含まれるものであることが理解される。 Those skilled in the art may conceive of various modifications, combinations, subcombinations, and variations depending on design requirements and other factors, and it is understood that these are within the scope of the appended claims and their equivalents.
Claims (30)
前記半導体層に設けられる光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、
前記半導体層において、隣り合う複数の前記画素の間に設けられるトレンチと
を備え、
前記第1画素は、前記半導体層の第1面側に設けられるトランジスタと、前記半導体層の前記第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、前記第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含み、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記トランジスタに隣接するように設けられ、
前記トランジスタは、前記半導体層の第1面側において前記半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極を有する
光検出装置。 A semiconductor layer;
A plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer;
a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels;
the first pixel includes a transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region;
the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor;
the transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
請求項1に記載の光検出装置。 The photodetector according to claim 1 , wherein a portion of the gate electrode of the transistor is provided in the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a portion of the semiconductor layer that is a channel region of the transistor.
請求項1に記載の光検出装置。 The photodetector device according to claim 1 , wherein the transistor is a Fin type transistor.
請求項1に記載の光検出装置。 The photodetector according to claim 1 , wherein the gate electrode of the transistor has a plurality of first portions provided in the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
前記第1部分の底部は、前記分離部の底部よりも上方に位置する
請求項4に記載の光検出装置。 a separation portion provided around the plurality of first portions in the semiconductor layer;
The light detection device according to claim 4 , wherein a bottom of the first portion is located above a bottom of the separation portion.
前記第2半導体領域は、ソース領域またはドレイン領域であり、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記第2半導体領域に隣接するように設けられている
請求項1に記載の光検出装置。 the transistor has a second semiconductor region of a second conductivity type provided in the semiconductor layer;
the second semiconductor region is a source region or a drain region,
The photodetector according to claim 1 , wherein the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the second semiconductor region.
前記第2半導体領域は、前記ソース領域及び前記ドレイン領域の一方であり、
前記第3半導体領域は、前記ソース領域及び前記ドレイン領域の他方であり、
前記第2半導体領域の大きさは、前記第3半導体領域の大きさよりも小さい
請求項6に記載の光検出装置。 the transistor has a third semiconductor region of the second conductivity type provided in the semiconductor layer;
the second semiconductor region is one of the source region and the drain region,
the third semiconductor region is the other of the source region and the drain region,
The photodetector according to claim 6 , wherein the second semiconductor region is smaller than the third semiconductor region.
前記第2半導体領域及び前記第3半導体領域は、それぞれ、n型の半導体領域である
請求項7に記載の光検出装置。 the first semiconductor region is a p-type semiconductor region,
The photodetector according to claim 7 , wherein the second semiconductor region and the third semiconductor region are each an n-type semiconductor region.
前記第1半導体領域は、前記トランジスタの前記ゲート電極及び前記ゲート絶縁膜の少なくとも一方に隣り合うように前記第1領域に接して設けられている
請求項1に記載の光検出装置。 the transistor has a gate electrode and a gate insulating film provided on the first region of the semiconductor layer;
The photodetector according to claim 1 , wherein the first semiconductor region is provided in contact with the first region so as to be adjacent to at least one of the gate electrode and the gate insulating film of the transistor.
前記第1半導体領域は、前記第1ウェルに設けられ、
前記第1コンタクトは、前記第1半導体領域を介して前記第1ウェルと電気的に接続されている
請求項1に記載の光検出装置。 a first well of the first conductivity type provided in the semiconductor layer;
the first semiconductor region is provided in the first well;
The photodetector device according to claim 1 , wherein the first contact is electrically connected to the first well via the first semiconductor region.
フローティングディフュージョンと、
前記半導体層の第1面側に設けられ、前記光電変換素子で変換された電荷を前記フローティングディフュージョンに転送可能な転送トランジスタと
を有する
請求項1に記載の光検出装置。 The first pixel is
Floating diffusion and
The photodetector according to claim 1 , further comprising: a transfer transistor provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer and capable of transferring charges converted by the photoelectric conversion element to the floating diffusion.
請求項11に記載の光検出装置。 The photodetector according to claim 11 , wherein the transfer transistor has a gate electrode provided in the semiconductor layer so as to reach the photoelectric conversion element.
前記第1部分の底部は、前記転送トランジスタの前記ゲート電極の底部よりも上方に位置する
請求項12に記載の光検出装置。 the gate electrode of the transistor has a plurality of first portions provided in the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer;
The photodetector device according to claim 12 , wherein a bottom of the first portion is located above a bottom of the gate electrode of the transfer transistor.
前記転送トランジスタの前記ゲート電極は、前記分離部に隣接している
請求項13に記載の光検出装置。 a separation portion provided in the semiconductor layer between the first portion and the gate electrode of the transfer transistor,
The photodetector device according to claim 13 , wherein the gate electrode of the transfer transistor is adjacent to the isolation portion.
請求項12に記載の光検出装置。 The photodetector according to claim 12 , further comprising a first insulating film provided in a recessed portion of the gate electrode of the transfer transistor between the floating diffusion and the gate electrode of the transfer transistor.
請求項12に記載の光検出装置。 The photodetector according to claim 12 , further comprising a second insulating film provided in a recessed portion at an end of the gate electrode of the transistor.
前記第1コンタクトは、前記導体領域の上に設けられ、前記導体領域を介して前記第1半導体領域と電気的に接続されている
請求項1に記載の光検出装置。 a conductor region in contact with a portion of the first semiconductor region and provided inside the trench;
The photodetector according to claim 1 , wherein the first contact is provided on the conductor region and is electrically connected to the first semiconductor region via the conductor region.
請求項17に記載の光検出装置。 The photodetector device according to claim 17 , wherein the conductive region is provided within the semiconductor layer.
前記第1画素及び前記第2画素は、それぞれ、前記光電変換素子と、フローティングディフュージョンと、前記トランジスタと、前記第1半導体領域とを有する
請求項1に記載の光検出装置。 the plurality of pixels includes a second pixel adjacent to the first pixel,
The photodetection device according to claim 1 , wherein the first pixel and the second pixel each include the photoelectric conversion element, a floating diffusion, the transistor, and the first semiconductor region.
請求項19に記載の光検出装置。 The photodetector according to claim 19 , further comprising a conductor region that electrically connects the first semiconductor region of the first pixel and the first semiconductor region of the second pixel.
前記第4半導体領域に電気的に接続される第2コンタクトと
をさらに備える
請求項19に記載の光検出装置。 a fourth semiconductor region electrically connecting the floating diffusion of the first pixel and the floating diffusion of the second pixel;
20. The photodetector device of claim 19, further comprising: a second contact electrically connected to the fourth semiconductor region.
前記トランジスタは、増幅トランジスタ、選択トランジスタ、リセットトランジスタ、切り替えトランジスタ、またはダミートランジスタである
請求項1に記載の光検出装置。 a readout circuit including the transistor and capable of outputting a signal based on the charge photoelectrically converted by the photoelectric conversion element;
The photodetector device according to claim 1 , wherein the transistor is an amplification transistor, a selection transistor, a reset transistor, a switching transistor, or a dummy transistor.
前記光電変換素子は、前記レンズを透過した光を光電変換する
請求項1に記載の光検出装置。 The semiconductor layer further includes a lens provided on a second surface side opposite to the first surface,
The light detection device according to claim 1 , wherein the photoelectric conversion element photoelectrically converts light transmitted through the lens.
前記半導体層に設けられる第1光電変換素子及び第2光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、
前記半導体層において、隣り合う複数の前記画素の間に設けられるトレンチと
を備え、
前記第1画素は、前記半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1トランジスタ及び第2トランジスタと、前記半導体層の前記第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、前記第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含み、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記第1トランジスタと前記第2トランジスタに隣接するように設けられ、
前記第1トランジスタは、前記半導体層の第1面側において前記半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極を有する
光検出装置。 A semiconductor layer;
a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a first photoelectric conversion element and a second photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer;
a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels;
the first pixel includes a first transistor and a second transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region;
the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the first transistor and the second transistor;
the first transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
請求項24に記載の光検出装置。 The photodetector according to claim 24 , wherein the gate electrode has a plurality of first portions provided in the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer.
前記第1部分の底部は、前記分離部の底部よりも上方に位置する
請求項25に記載の光検出装置。 a separation portion provided around the plurality of first portions in the semiconductor layer;
The light detection device according to claim 25 , wherein a bottom of the first portion is located above a bottom of the separation portion.
前記第1トランジスタと前記第2トランジスタとの間に設けられる第1分離部と、
第1フローティングディフュージョン及び第2フローティングディフュージョンと、
前記第1フローティングディフュージョンと前記第2フローティングディフュージョンとの間に設けられる第2分離部と
を有する
請求項24に記載の光検出装置。 The first pixel is
a first isolation portion provided between the first transistor and the second transistor;
a first floating diffusion and a second floating diffusion;
The photodetector according to claim 24 , further comprising: a second isolation portion provided between the first floating diffusion and the second floating diffusion.
請求項27に記載の光検出装置。 The photodetector according to claim 27 , wherein the first semiconductor region is provided between the first isolation portion and the second isolation portion.
前記光学系を透過した光を受光する光検出装置と
を備え、
前記光検出装置は、
半導体層と、
前記半導体層に設けられる光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、
前記半導体層において、隣り合う複数の前記画素の間に設けられるトレンチと
を有し、
前記第1画素は、前記半導体層の第1面側に設けられるトランジスタと、前記半導体層の前記第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、前記第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含み、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記トランジスタに隣接するように設けられ、
前記トランジスタは、前記半導体層の第1面側において前記半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極を有する
電子機器。 An optical system;
a light detection device that receives light transmitted through the optical system;
The light detection device includes:
A semiconductor layer;
A plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer;
a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels;
the first pixel includes a transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region;
the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the transistor;
the transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer therebetween.
前記光学系を透過した光を受光する光検出装置と
を備え、
前記光検出装置は、
半導体層と、
前記半導体層に設けられる第1光電変換素子及び第2光電変換素子を有する第1画素を含む複数の画素と、
前記半導体層において、隣り合う複数の前記画素の間に設けられるトレンチと
を有し、
前記第1画素は、前記半導体層の第1面側に設けられる第1トランジスタ及び第2トランジスタと、前記半導体層の前記第1面側に設けられる第1導電型の第1半導体領域と、前記第1半導体領域に電気的に接続される第1コンタクトとを含み、
前記第1半導体領域は、前記第1トランジスタと前記第2トランジスタに隣接するように設けられ、
前記第1トランジスタは、前記半導体層の第1面側において前記半導体層の一部を挟むように設けられるゲート電極を有する
電子機器。 An optical system;
a light detection device that receives light transmitted through the optical system;
The light detection device includes:
A semiconductor layer;
a plurality of pixels including a first pixel having a first photoelectric conversion element and a second photoelectric conversion element provided in the semiconductor layer;
a trench provided in the semiconductor layer between adjacent ones of the pixels;
the first pixel includes a first transistor and a second transistor provided on a first surface side of the semiconductor layer, a first semiconductor region of a first conductivity type provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer, and a first contact electrically connected to the first semiconductor region;
the first semiconductor region is provided adjacent to the first transistor and the second transistor;
the first transistor has a gate electrode provided on the first surface side of the semiconductor layer so as to sandwich a part of the semiconductor layer therebetween.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2023127886 | 2023-08-04 | ||
| JP2023-127886 | 2023-08-04 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2025032987A1 true WO2025032987A1 (en) | 2025-02-13 |
Family
ID=94534506
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2024/022686 Pending WO2025032987A1 (en) | 2023-08-04 | 2024-06-21 | Photodetector and electronic appliance |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2025032987A1 (en) |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2021034435A (en) * | 2019-08-20 | 2021-03-01 | ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 | Solid-state image sensor, its manufacturing method, and electronic equipment |
| WO2021065587A1 (en) * | 2019-10-04 | 2021-04-08 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | Imaging device |
| JP2021077870A (en) * | 2019-11-08 | 2021-05-20 | 三星電子株式会社Samsung Electronics Co.,Ltd. | Image sensor |
| WO2022209681A1 (en) * | 2021-03-31 | 2022-10-06 | ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 | Light detection device and electronic apparatus |
-
2024
- 2024-06-21 WO PCT/JP2024/022686 patent/WO2025032987A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2021034435A (en) * | 2019-08-20 | 2021-03-01 | ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 | Solid-state image sensor, its manufacturing method, and electronic equipment |
| WO2021065587A1 (en) * | 2019-10-04 | 2021-04-08 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | Imaging device |
| JP2021077870A (en) * | 2019-11-08 | 2021-05-20 | 三星電子株式会社Samsung Electronics Co.,Ltd. | Image sensor |
| WO2022209681A1 (en) * | 2021-03-31 | 2022-10-06 | ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 | Light detection device and electronic apparatus |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP7642528B2 (en) | Image sensor and semiconductor device | |
| WO2022270039A1 (en) | Solid-state imaging device | |
| KR20240058850A (en) | Light detection device, manufacturing method and electronic device for light detection device | |
| JP7589310B2 (en) | Photodetection devices and electronic equipment | |
| WO2024111280A1 (en) | Light detection device and electronic equipment | |
| WO2023210238A1 (en) | Light detecting device, and electronic apparatus | |
| WO2025032987A1 (en) | Photodetector and electronic appliance | |
| WO2025033198A2 (en) | Photodetector and electronic apparatus | |
| WO2024142627A1 (en) | Photodetector and electronic apparatus | |
| WO2025142160A1 (en) | Photodetector and electronic equipment | |
| WO2025169621A1 (en) | Light detection device | |
| WO2025169620A1 (en) | Light detection device and electronic apparatus | |
| WO2024202672A1 (en) | Light detection device and electronic device | |
| WO2025062880A1 (en) | Light detection device and electronic equipment | |
| WO2024202748A1 (en) | Light detection device and electronic device | |
| WO2024241851A1 (en) | Light detection device and electronic apparatus | |
| WO2025028017A1 (en) | Light detection device and electronic apparatus | |
| WO2024252897A1 (en) | Light detection device and electronic apparatus | |
| JP2024112734A (en) | Photodetection devices and electronic equipment | |
| WO2025069737A1 (en) | Photodetection device and electronic device | |
| WO2024057814A1 (en) | Light-detection device and electronic instrument | |
| WO2024214356A1 (en) | Light detection device and electronic instrument | |
| WO2024154666A1 (en) | Semiconductor device | |
| WO2024162114A1 (en) | Light detector, optical element, and electronic appliance | |
| WO2024202616A1 (en) | Light detection device, method for manufacturing light detection device, and electronic device |